OI feedback

Family 8236+01 IBM Power 755 Server

IBM United States Sales Manual
Revised:  December 16, 2014.

Table of contents
TOC Link Product life cycle dates TOC Link Publications
TOC Link Abstract TOC Link Features
TOC Link Highlights TOC Link Accessories
TOC Link Description TOC Link Machine elements
TOC Link Models TOC Link Supplies
TOC Link Technical description  

 
Product life cycle dates
Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn Service Discontinued
8236-E8C 2010/02/092010/02/19 2013/08/23 -

Back to topBack to top
 
Abstract

The IBM 8236 Power 755 compute node is designed for organizations that require a scalable system with extreme parallel processing performance and dense packaging. Ideal workloads for Power 755 include high performance computing (HPC) applications such as weather and climate modeling, computational chemistry, physics, and petroleum reservoir modeling that require highly intense computations where the workload is aligned with parallel processing methodologies.

Model abstract 8236-E8C

The IBM Power 755 server Model E8C is a 3.3 GHz or 3.6 GHz 32-core POWER7 server that should be very popular in HPC environments such as weather and climate modeling, computational chemistry, physics, computer-aided engineering, computational fluid dynamics, and petroleum reservoir modeling. A single Power 755 provides four 64-bit, eight-core processor POWER7 modules with 4 MB of L3 cache/core and 256 KB of L2 cache/core. Each module is packaged on its own processor card, which has eight DDR3 DIMM slots offering a maximum of 256 GB memory when all 32 DIMM slots are filled with 8 GB DIMMs. The memory DIMMs run at 1066 MHz.
Back to topBack to top
 

Highlights

The Power 755 server is a 3.3 or 3.6 GHz 32-core POWER7 processor-based Server optimized for High Performance Computing Up to sixty-four 32-core nodes can be clustered together, providing up to 2,048 cores. Each 755 server node features:

  • Four 8-core POWER7 modules, each with 4 MB L3 cache/core and also 256 KB L2 cache/core

  • Up to 256 GB of 1066 GHz DDR3 memory

  • Five PCI slots (three PCIe and two PCI-X)

  • One slot for a 12X Infiniband adapter

  • Eight SFF SAS bays in the CEC for disk or solid-state drives

  • Up to 72 TB disk storage using CEC and EXP12S SAS I/O drawers

  • Integrated 10/100/1000 Mb quad-port Virtual Ethernet or dual-port 10 Gb Virtual Ethernet

  • EnergyScale(TM) technology

  • Integrated DVD-RAM drive

  • 4U rack-mount configuration

Back to topBack to top
 
Description

Using 12X InfiniBand adapters, up to 64 Power 755 nodes, each with 32 cores, can be clustered together, providing up to 2,048 POWER7 cores. The IBM HPC software stack provides the necessary development tools, libraries, and system management software necessary to manage a Power 755 server cluster.

The Power 755 system unit provides up to five PCI slots, one GX slot for a 12X adapter, eight SFF (small form factor) SAS bays, and a DVD-RAM. Three of the five PCI slots are PCIe 8x and two are PCI-X DDR. The GX slot can hold a 12X Infiniband adapter supporting 4x connection to other Power 755s. The eight SAS bays contain a minimum of two and a maximum of eight disks or SSDs, providing up to 2.4 TB storage capacity. Up to an 156 additional SAS bays are available using the EXP12S SAS disk/SSD drawer (#5886), providing up to 70 TB of additional capacity. All drives are direct dock and hot pluggable.

The Power 755 system unit also provides a choice of quad gigabit or dual 10 Gb integrated host Ethernet adapters, which can be extensively virtualized. These ports are selected at the time of initial order and do not use a PCI slot.

The Power 755 server contains a minimum of two and a maximum of either eight SFF SAS disks or eight SFF SAS SSDs. The maximum internal disk storage available is 2400 GB. All DASD are direct dock and hot pluggable. A slim media bay is available for a mandatory SATA DVD-RAM.

Also available in the Power 755 system unit is a choice of quad gigabit or dual 10 Gb integrated host Ethernet adapters. These native ports can be selected at the time of initial order. Virtualization of these integrated Ethernet adapters is supported.

Other integrated features include:

  • Service Processor
  • Integrated SAS/SATA controller for disk/SSD/DVD in system unit
  • EnergyScale(TM) technology
  • Two system ports and three USB ports
  • Two HMC ports and two SPCN ports
  • Redundant and hot-swap power and cooling
  • 4U 19-inch rack-mount packaging

Power 755

Summary of standard features:

  • Rack-mount (4U) configuration

  • 32-core design with four 3.3 or four 3.6 GHz processor cards

  • 128 GB of PC3-8500 1066 MHz ECC memory (error checking and correcting) memory, maximum of 64 GB per processor card (256 GB system maximum)

  • 8 x 2.5-inch DASD/SSD/Media backplane with an external SAS port
    • 2 to 8 SFF DASD or SSDs (mixing allowed)

  • Choice of two integrated virtual Ethernet daughter cards:
    • Quad-port 1 Gb IVE
    • Dual-port 10 Gb IVE

  • One media bay:
    • Slim bay for a DVD-RAM (required)

  • A maximum of five hot-swap slots:
    • Two PCIe x8 slots, short card length (slots 1 and 2)
    • One PCIe x8 slot, full card length (slot 3)
    • Two PCIX DDR slots, full card length (slots 4 and 5)
    • One GX++ slot (shares same space as PCIe x8 slot 1)

  • Integrated:
    • Service Processor
    • Quad-port 10/100/1000 Mb Ethernet
    • EnergyScale technology
    • Hot-swap and redundant cooling
    • Three USB ports; two system ports
    • Two HMC ports; two SPCN ports

  • Two Power Supplies, 1725 Watt AC, Hot-swap

The minimum Power 755 configuration must include four processor cards, 32 processor activations, memory, two power supplies and power cords, two DASD, a DASD/SSD/Media backplane, an operator panel cable, an Ethernet daughter card, a DVD-RAM, an operating system indicator, and a Language Group Specify.

The minimum defined configuration, if no choice is made, is:

Feature number   Description
--------------   ----------------------------------------------------
4 x 8332         0/8 core 3.3 GHz POWER7 Processor -- 32-core system
32 x 2325        32 Zero-priced Processor Activations
16 x 4526        8 GB (2 x 4096 MB) Memory -- Total 128 GB memory
2 x 1883         Two 73.4 GB 15k SFF DASD
1878             Operator Panel Cable, Rack-mount drawer with
                   2.5-inch DASD Backplane
8340             DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5-inch DASD/SATA
                   DVD/Tape with External SAS Port
 
5624             Quad-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card
2 x 7740         Two Power Supplies, 1725 Watt AC, Base
5762             SATA DVD-RAM
 
9300/97xx)       Language Group Specify
2146 or 2147     Primary Operating System Indicator - IBM AIX (2146)
                   or Linux (2147)
2 x 6xxx         Two Power Cords
 

Note: The 8 GB memory feature (#4526) is planned to be available on March 16, 2010. Eight of feature 4527 can replace 16 of feature 4526.

Note: The GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach Adapter Card (#5609) will be defaulted on every 8236-E8C order but may be deselected.

Note: No internal DASD is required if feature 0837 (Boot from SAN) is selected. In this case, a Fibre Channel or Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapter must also be ordered.

I/O drawer availability

The EXP12S disk-only I/O drawers (#5886) are supported on the Power 755, providing large storage capacity and multiple partition support.

EXP 12S SAS Drawer (#5886)

The EXP 12S SAS drawer (#5886) is a 2 EIA drawer and mounts in a 19-inch rack. The drawer can hold either SAS disk drives or SSD. The EXP 12S SAS drawer has twelve 3.5-inch SAS disk bays with redundant data paths to each bay. The drawer supports redundant hot-plug power and cooling and redundant hot-swap SAS expanders (Enclosure Services Manager-ESM). Each ESM has an independent SCSI Enclosure Services (SES ) diagnostic processor.

The SAS disk drives or SSDs contained in the EXP12S are controlled by one or two PCIe or PCI-X SAS adapters connected to the EXP12S via SAS cables. The SAS cable will vary depending upon the adapter being used, the operating system being used, and the protection desired.

  • The large cache PCI-X (#5904/#5908) uses a SAS Y cable when a single port is running the EXP12S. A SAS X cable is used when a pair of adapters are used for controller redundancy.

  • The medium cache PCI-X feature 5902 and PCIe feature 5903 adapters are always paired and use a SAS X cable to attach the feature 5886 I/O drawer.

  • The zero cache PCI-X feature 5912 and PCIe feature 5901 use a SAS Y cable when a single port is running the EXP12S. A SAS X cable is used for AIX/Linux environments when a pair of adapters is used for controller redundancy.

In all of the above configurations, all 12 SAS bays are controlled by a single controller or a single pair of controllers.

A second EXP12S drawer can be attached to another drawer using two SAS EE cables, providing 24 SAS bays instead of 12 bays for the same SAS controller port. This is called cascading . In this configuration all 24 SAS bays are controlled by a single controller or a single pair of controllers.

Feature 5886 can also be directly attached to the SAS port on the rear of the Power 755, providing a very low-cost disk storage solution. When used this way, the imbedded SAS controllers augmented by the 175 MB write cache RAID enabler (#5679) in the system unit drive the disk drives in EXP12S. A second unit cannot be cascaded to a feature 5886 attached in this way.

Reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS) features

Reliability, fault tolerance, and data correction

The reliability of systems starts with components, devices, and subsystems that are designed to be fault-tolerant. POWER7 uses lower voltage technology, improving reliability with stacked latches to reduce soft error (SER) susceptibility. During the design and development process, subsystems go through rigorous verification and integration testing processes. During system manufacturing, systems go through a thorough testing process to help ensure the highest level of product quality.

The system cache and memory offer ECC (error checking and correcting) fault-tolerant features. ECC is designed to correct environmentally induced, single-bit, intermittent memory failures and single-bit hard failures. With ECC, the likelihood of memory failures will be substantially reduced. ECC also provides double-bit memory error detection that helps protect data in the event of a double-bit memory failure.

The AIX operating system provides disk drive mirroring and disk drive controller duplexing. The Linux operating system supports disk drive mirroring (RAID 1) through software, while other RAID protection schemes are provided via hardware RAID adapters.

The Journaled File System, also known as JFS or JFS2, helps maintain file system consistency and reduces the likelihood of data loss when the system is abnormally halted due to a power failure. JFS, the recommended file system for 32-bit kernels, now supports extents on the Linux operating system. This feature is designed to substantially reduce or eliminate fragmentation. Its successor, JFS2, is the recommended file system for 64-bit kernels.

With 64-bit addressing, a maximum file system size of 32 TB, and maximum file size of 16 TB, JFS2 is highly recommended for systems running the AIX operating system.

Memory error correction extensions

The memory has single-bit-error correction and double-bit-error detection ECC circuitry. The ECC code is also designed such that the failure of any one specific memory module within an ECC word by itself can be corrected absent any other fault.

Memory protection features include scrubbing to detect errors, a means to call for the deallocation of memory pages for a pattern of correctable errors detected, and signaling deallocation of a logical memory block when an error occurs that cannot be corrected by the ECC code.

Redundancy for array self-healing

Although the most likely failure event in a processor is a soft single-bit error in one of its caches, other events can occur, and they need to be distinguished from one another. For caches and their directories, hardware and firmware keep track of whether errors are being corrected beyond a threshold. If exceeded, a deferred repair error log is created.

Caches and directories on the POWER7 chip are manufactured with spare bits in their arrays that can be accessed via programmable steering logic to replace faulty bits in the respective arrays. This is analogous to the redundant bit steering employed in main storage as a mechanism that is designed to help avoid physical repair, and is also implemented in POWER7 systems. The steering logic is activated during processor initialization and is initiated by the built-in system-test (BIST) at power-on time.

When correctable error cache exceeds a set threshold, systems using the POWER7 processor invoke a dynamic cache line delete function, which enables them to stop using bad cache and eliminates exposure to greater problems.

Fault monitoring functions

  • When a POWER7-based system is powered on, BIST and POST (power-on self-test) check processor, cache, memory, and associated hardware required for proper booting of the operating system. If a noncritical error is detected or if the errors occur in resources that can be removed from the system configuration, the restarting process is designed to proceed to completion. The errors are logged in the system nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM).

  • Disk drive fault tracking is designed to alert the system administrator of an impending disk drive failure before it impacts customer operation.

Mutual surveillance

The Service Processor monitors the operation of the firmware during the boot process, and also monitors the Hypervisor for termination. The Hypervisor monitors the Service Processor and will perform a reset/reload if it detects the loss of the Service Processor. If the reset/reload does not correct the problem with the Service Processor, the Hypervisor will notify the operating system and the operating system can take appropriate action, including calling for service.

Environmental monitoring functions

POWER7-based servers include a range of environmental monitoring functions:

  • Temperature monitoring warns the system administrator of potential environmental-related problems by monitoring the air inlet temperature. When the inlet temperature rises above a warning threshold, the system initiates an orderly shutdown. When the temperature exceeds the critical level, or if the temperature remains above the warning level for too long, the system will shut down immediately.

  • Fan speed is controlled by monitoring actual temperatures on critical components and adjusting accordingly. If internal component temperatures reach critical levels, the system will shut down immediately, regardless of fan speed. When a redundant fan fails, the system calls out the failing fan and continues running. When a nonredundant fan fails, the system shuts down immediately.

Availability enhancement functions

The POWER7 family of systems continues to offer and introduce significant enhancements designed to increase system availability.

POWER6 processor functions

As in POWER6, the POWER7 processor has the ability to do processor instruction retry and alternate processor recovery for a number of core- related faults. This significantly reduces exposure to both hard (logic) and soft (transient) errors in the processor core. Soft failures in the processor core are transient (intermittent) errors, often due to cosmic rays or other sources of radiation, and generally are not repeatable. With this function, when an error is encountered in the core, the POWER7 processor will first automatically retry the instruction. If the source of the error was truly transient, the instruction will succeed and the system will continue as before. On IBM systems prior to POWER6, this error would have caused a checkstop.

Hard failures are more difficult, being true logical errors that will be replicated each time the instruction is repeated. Retrying the instruction will not help in this situation because the instruction will continue to fail. As in POWER6, POWER7 processors have the ability to extract the failing instruction from the faulty core and retry it elsewhere in the system for a number of faults, after which the failing core is dynamically deconfigured and called out for replacement. The entire process is transparent to the partition owning the failing instruction. These systems are designed to avoid a full system outage.

POWER7 single processor checkstopping

As in POWER6, POWER7 provides single processor checkstopping. This significantly reduces the probability of any one processor affecting total system availability.

Partition availability priority

Also available is the ability to assign availability priorities to partitions. If an alternate processor recovery event requires spare processor resources in order to protect a workload, when no other means of obtaining the spare resources is available, the system will determine which partition has the lowest priority and attempt to claim the needed resource. On a properly configured POWER7 processor-based server, this allows that capacity to be first obtained from, for example, a test partition instead of a financial accounting system.

POWER7 cache availability

The POWER processor-based line of servers continues to be at the fore- front of cache availability enhancements. The L3 cache is now integrated on the POWER7 processor. The POWER7 processor provides both L2 and L3 cache line delete functions.

Special uncorrectable error handling

Uncorrectable errors are difficult for any system to tolerate, although there are some situations where they can be shown to be irrelevant. For example, if an uncorrectable error occurs in cached data that will never again be read or where a fresh write of the data is imminent, it would be unwise to "protect" the user by forcing an immediate reboot.

Special Uncorrectable Error (SUE) handling was an IBM innovation introduced for POWER5 processors, where an uncorrectable error in memory or cache does not immediately cause the system to terminate. Rather, the system tags the data and determines whether it will ever be used again. If the error is irrelevant, it will not force a checkstop.

PCI extended error handling

PCI extended error handling (EEH) enabled adapters respond to a special data packet generated from the affected PCI slot hardware by calling system firmware, which will examine the affected bus, allow the device driver to reset it, and continue without a system reboot. For Linux, EEH support extends to the majority of frequently used devices, although some third-party PCI devices may not provide native EEH support.

Predictive failure and dynamic component deallocation

Servers with POWER processors have long had the capability to perform predictive failure analysis on certain critical components such as processors and memory. When these components exhibit symptoms that would indicate a failure is imminent, the system can dynamically deallocate and call home about the failing part before the error is propagated system- wide. In many cases, the system will first attempt to reallocate resources in such a way that will avoid unplanned outages. In the event that insufficient resources exist to maintain full system availability, these servers will attempt to maintain partition availability by user- defined priority.

Uncorrectable error recovery

When the auto-restart option is enabled, the system can automatically restart following an unrecoverable software error, hardware failure, or environmentally induced (ac power) failure.

Serviceability

The purpose of serviceability is to repair the system while attempting to minimize or eliminate service cost (within budget objectives), while maintaining high customer satisfaction. Serviceability includes system installation, MES (system upgrades/downgrades), and system maintenance/repair. Depending upon the system and warranty contract, service may be performed by the customer, an IBM representative, or an authorized warranty service provider.

The Serviceability features delivered in this system provide a highly efficient service environment by incorporating the following attributes

  • Design for Customer Set Up (CSU), Customer Installed Features (CIF), and Customer Replaceable Units (CRU)

  • Error detection and Fault Isolation (ED/FI)

  • First Failure Data Capture (FFDC)

  • Converged service approach across multiple IBM server platforms

Service environments

The HMC is a dedicated server that provides functions for configuring and managing servers for either partitioned or full-system partition using a GUI or command-line interface (CLI). An HMC attached to the system allows support personnel (with client authorization) to remotely log in to review error logs and perform remote maintenance if required.

The POWER7 processor-based platforms support two main service environments:

  • Attachment to one or more HMCs is a supported option by the system. This is the default configuration for servers supporting logical partitions with dedicated or virtual I/O. In this case, all servers have at least one logical partition.

  • No HMC.

  • Full system partition: A single partition owns all the server resources and only one operating system may be installed.

Service Interface

The Service Interface allows support personnel to communicate with the service support applications in a server using a console, interface, or terminal. Delivering a clear, concise view of available service applications, the Service Interface allows the support team to manage system resources and service information in an efficient and effective way. Applications available via the Service Interface are carefully configured and placed to give service providers access to important service functions.

Different service interfaces are used depending on the state of the system and its operating environment. The primary service interfaces are:

  • LEDs
  • Operator Panel
  • Service Processor menu
  • Operating system service menu
  • Service Focal Point on the HMC

In the light path LED implementation, when a fault condition is detected on the POWER7 system, an amber FRU fault LED will be illuminated, which will be rolled up to the system fault LED. The light path system pinpoints the exact part by turning on the amber FRU fault LED associated with the part to be replaced.

The system can clearly identify components for replacement by using specific component-level LEDs, and can also guide the servicer directly to the component by signaling (turning on solid) the system fault LED, enclosure fault LED, and the component FRU fault LED. The servicer can also use the identify function to blink the FRU-level LED. When this function is activated, a roll-up to the blue enclosure locate and system locate LEDs will occur. These LEDs will turn on solid and can be used to follow the light path from the system to the enclosure and down to the specific FRU.

First Failure Data Capture and Error Data Analysis

First Failure Data Capture (FFDC) is a technique that helps ensure that when a fault is detected in a system, the root cause of the fault will be captured without the need to re-create the problem or run any sort of extending tracing or diagnostics program. For the vast majority of faults, a good FFDC design means that the root cause can also be detected automatically without servicer intervention.

FFDC information, error data analysis, and fault isolation are necessary to implement the advanced serviceability techniques that enable efficient service of the systems and to help determine the failing items.

In the rare absence of FFDC and Error Data Analysis, diagnostics are required to re-create the failure and determine the failing items.

Diagnostics

General diagnostic objectives are to detect and identify problems such that they can be resolved quickly. Elements of IBM's diagnostics strategy include:

  • Provide a common error code format equivalent to a system reference code, system reference number, checkpoint, or firmware error code.

  • Provide fault detection and problem isolation procedures. Support remote connection ability to be used by the IBM Remote Support Center or IBM Designated Service.

  • Provide interactive intelligence within the diagnostics with detailed online failure information while connected to IBM's back-end system.

Automatic diagnostics

Because of the FFDC technology designed into IBM Servers, it is not necessary to perform re-create diagnostics for failures or require user intervention. Solid and intermittent errors are designed to be correctly detected and isolated at the time the failure occurs. Runtime and boottime diagnostics fall into this category.

Stand-alone diagnostics

As the name implies, stand-alone or user-initiated diagnostics require user intervention. The user must perform manual steps, including:

  • Compact disk-based diagnostics
  • Keying in commands
  • Interactively selecting steps from a list of choices

Concurrent maintenance

The system will continue to support concurrent maintenance of power, cooling, PCI adapters, DASD, DVD, and firmware updates (when possible). The determination of whether a firmware release can be updated concurrently is identified in the readme information file released with the firmware.

Service labels

Service providers use these labels to assist them in performing maintenance actions. Service labels are found in various formats and positions, and are intended to transmit readily available information to the servicer during the repair process. Following are some of these service labels and their purpose:

Location diagrams

Location diagrams are strategically located on the system hardware, relating information regarding the placement of hardware components. Location diagrams may include location codes, drawings of physical locations, concurrent maintenance status, or other data pertinent to a repair. Location diagrams are especially useful when multiple components are installed such as DIMMs, CPUs, processor books, fans, adapter cards, LEDs, and power supplies.

Remove/replace procedures

Service labels that contain remove/replace procedures are often found on a cover of the system or in other spots accessible to the servicer. These labels provide systematic procedures, including diagrams, detailing how to remove/replace certain serviceable hardware components.

Arrows

Numbered arrows are used to indicate the order of operation and serviceablity direction of components. Some serviceable parts such as latches, levers, and touch points need to be pulled or pushed in a certain direction and certain order for the mechanical mechanisms to engage or disengage. Arrows generally improve the ease of serviceability.

Packaging for service

The following service enhancements are included in the physical packaging of the systems to facilitate service:

  • Color coding (touch points): Terracotta colored touch points indicate that a component (FRU/CRU) can be concurrently maintained. Blue colored touch points delineate components that are not concurrently maintained -- those that require the system to be turned off for removal or repair.

  • Tool-less design: Selected IBM systems support tool-less or simple tool designs. These designs require no tools or simple tools such as flat head screw drivers to service the hardware components.

  • Positive retention: Positive retention mechanisms help to assure proper connections between hardware components such as cables to connectors, and between two cards that attach to each other. Without positive retention, hardware components run the risk of becoming loose during shipping or installation, preventing a good electrical connection. Positive retention mechanisms like latches, levers, thumb-screws, pop Nylatches** (U-clips), and cables are included to help prevent loose connections and aid in installing (seating) parts correctly. These positive retention items do not require tools.

Error Handling and Reporting

In the unlikely event of system hardware or environmentally induced failure, the system runtime error capture capability systematically analyzes the hardware error signature to determine the cause of failure. The analysis result will be stored in system NVRAM. When the system can be successfully restarted either manually or automatically, the error will be reported to the operating system. Error Log Analysis (ELA) can be used to display the failure cause and the physical location of the failing hardware.

With the integrated Service Processor, the system has the ability to automatically send out an alert via phone line to a pager or call for service in the event of a critical system failure. A hardware fault will also turn on the amber system fault LED located on the system unit to alert the user of an internal hardware problem. The indicator may also be set to blink by the operator as a tool to allow system identification. For identification, the blue locate LED on the enclosure and at the system level will turn on solid. The amber system fault LED will be on solid when an error condition occurs.

On POWER7 processor-based servers, hardware and software failures are recorded in the system log. When an HMC is attached, an ELA routine analyzes the error, forwards the event to the Service Focal Point (SFP) application running on the HMC, and notifies the system administrator that it has isolated a likely cause of the system problem. The Service Processor event log also records unrecoverable checkstop conditions, forwards them to the SFP application, and notifies the system administrator. Once the information is logged in the SFP application, if the system is properly configured, a call home service request will be initiated and the pertinent failure data with service parts information and part locations will be sent to an IBM Service organization. Customer contact information and specific system-related data such as the machine type, model, and serial number, along with error log data related to the failure are sent to IBM Service.

Service Processor

The Service Processor provides the capability to diagnose, check the status of, and sense the operational conditions of a system. It runs on its own power boundary and does not require resources from a system processor to be operational to perform its tasks.

The Service Processor supports surveillance of the connection to the HMC and to the system firmware (Hypervisor). It also provides several remote power control options, environmental monitoring, reset, restart, remote maintenance, and diagnostic functions, including console mirroring. The Service Processors menus (ASMI) can be accessed concurrently with system operation allowing nondisruptive abilities to change system default parameters.

Call Home

Call Home refers to an automatic or manual call from a customer location to IBM support structure with error log data, server status, or other service-related information. Call Home invokes the service organization in order for the appropriate service action to begin. Call Home can be done through HMC or non-HMC managed systems. While configuring Call Home is optional, clients are encouraged to implement this feature in order to obtain service enhancements such as reduced problem determination and faster and potentially more accurate transmittal of error information. In general, using the Call Home feature can result in increased system availability. The Electronic Service Agent application can be configured for automated call home. Refer to the next section for specific details on this application.

IBM Electronics Services

Electronic Service Agent and the IBM Electronic Services web portal comprise the IBM Electronic Services solution--dedicated to providing fast, exceptional support to IBM customers. IBM Electronic Service Agent is a no-charge tool that proactively monitors and reports hardware events such as system errors, performance issues, and inventory. Electronic Service Agent can help focus on the customer's company strategic business initiatives, save time, and spend less effort managing day-to-day IT maintenance issues.

Integrated in the operating system in addition to the HMC, Electronic Service Agent is designed to automatically and electronically report system failures and customer-perceived issues to IBM, which can result in faster problem resolution and increased availability. System configuration and inventory information collected by Electronic Service Agent also can be viewed on the secure Electronic Services web portal and used to improve problem determination and resolution between the customer and the IBM support team. As part of an increased focus to provide even better service to IBM customers, Electronic Service Agent tool configuration and activation comes standard with the system. In support of this effort, a new HMC External Connectivity security whitepaper has been published, which describes data exchanges between the HMC and the IBM Service Delivery Center (SDC) and the methods and protocols for this exchange. To read the whitepaper and prepare for Electronic Service Agent installation, go to the "Reference Guide" section of

http://www.ibm.com/support/electronic

  1. Select your country.
  2. Click on "IBM Electronic Service Agent Connectivity Guide."

Benefits

Increased uptime

Electronic Service Agent is designed to enhance the warranty and maintenance service by providing faster hardware error reporting and uploading system information to IBM Support. This can optimize the time monitoring the symptoms, diagnosing the error, and manually calling IBM Support to open a problem record. And 24 x 7 monitoring and reporting means no more dependency on human intervention or off-hours customer personnel when errors are encountered in the middle of the night.

Security

Electronic Service Agent is secure in monitoring, reporting, and storing the data at IBM. Electronic Service Agent securely transmits via the Internet (HTTPS or VPN) and can be configured to communicate securely through gateways to provide customers a single point of exit from their site. Communication between the customer and IBM only flows one way; activating Service Agent does not enable IBM to call into a customer's system. System inventory information is stored in a secure database, which is protected behind IBM firewalls. The customer's business applications or business data is never transmitted to IBM.

More accurate reporting

Because system information and error logs are automatically uploaded to the IBM Support Center in conjunction with the service request, customers are not required to find and send system in formation, decreasing the risk of misreported or misdiagnosed errors. Once inside IBM, problem error data is run through a data knowledge management system and knowledge articles are appended to the problem record.

Customized support: Using the IBM ID entered during activation, customers can view system and support information in the "My Systems" and "Premium Search" sections of the Electronic Services website.

The Electronic Services web portal is a single Internet entry point that replaces the multiple entry points traditionally used to access IBM Internet services and support. This web portal enables you to gain easier access to IBM resources for assistance in resolving technical problems. The newly improved My Systems and Premium Search functions make it even easier for Electronic Service Agent-enabled customers to track system inventory and find pertinent fixes.

My Systems provides valuable reports of installed hardware and software using information collected from the systems by IBM Electronic Service Agent. Reports are available for any system associated with the customer's IBM ID. Premium Search combines the function of search and the value of Electronic Service Agent information, providing advanced search of the technical support knowledgebase. Using Premium Search and the Service Agent information that has been collected from the system, customers are able to see search results that apply specifically to their systems.

For more information on how to utilize the power of IBM Electronic Services, visit the following website or contact an IBM Systems Services Representative

http://www.ibm.com/support/electronic

Accessibility by people with disabilities

A US Section 508 Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT) containing details on accessibility compliance can be requested at

http://www.ibm.com/able/product_accessibility/index.html

Section 508 of the US Rehabilitation Act IBM Power 755 server is capable as of February 19, 2010, when used in accordance with associated IBM documentation, of satisfying the applicable requirements of Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, provided that any assistive technology used with the product properly interoperates with it. A US Section 508 Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT) can be requested via the IBM website

http://www-03.ibm.com/able/product_accessibility/index.html


Back to topBack to top
 
Models

Model summary matrix

Model Processor Type Clock Rate 8-core System Memory Internal Storage Slots/Bays
E8C POWER7 3.3 GHz or 3.6 GHz 8 GB/256 GB 2400 GB (2 1/2" DASD) 5 Slots /8 2.5" DASD bays; 2 media bays

Customer setup (CSU)

Yes.

Devices supported

The following external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 8236.

This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Refer to the sales manual of the external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

         |E|  X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
         |8|
         |C|
         | |
  MT-MOD | |        DESCRIPTION
---------|-|---------------------------------------------------------
         | |
---------+-+--------Communications-----------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7036-P16 |X| IBM 7036-P16
         | |
---------+-+--------Disk---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1710-10U |X| IBM System Storage EXP100 Expansion Unit
1722-60U |X| IBM System Storage DS4300 Disk System
1722-6LU |X| IBM System Storage DS4300 Disk System
1724-100 |X| IBM System Storage DS4100 Disk System
1740-710 |X| IBM System Storage EXP710 Expansion Unit
1742-1RU |X| IBM 1742-1RU
1742-90U |X| IBM System Storage DS4500 Disk System
1750-511 |X| IBM 1750-511
1750-522 |X| IBM 1750-522
1750-EX1 |X| IBM 1750-EX1
1812-81A |X| IBM System Storage DS4000 EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit
         | |Model 81
1812-81S |X| IBM System Storage DS4000 EXP810 Expansion Unit Model
         | |81-DC
1812-8VA |X| IBM System Storage DS4000 EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit
1814-20A |X| IBM 1814 DS5020 Disk Controller Model 20A
1814-52A |X| IBM 1814 EXP520 Expansion Unit
1814-70A |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 70
1814-70S |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 70-DC
1814-72A |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 72
1814-72S |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 72-DC
1814-7VA |X| IBM System Storage DS4200 Express Model 7V
1814-7VH |X| DS4200 Express Model 7V
1814-92A |X| IBM System Storage (EXP395) Expansion Unit
1814-94A |X| IBM System Storage (DS3950) Model 94
1814-98A |X| IBM System Storage (DS3950) Model 98
1815-80A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 80A
1815-82A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 82A
1815-84A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 84A
1815-88A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 88A
1818-51A |X| IBM System Storage DS5100 Disk System
1818-53A |X| IBM System Storage DS5300 Disk System
1818-D1A |X| IBM System Storage EXP5000 Expansion Unit
2076-112 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 112
2076-124 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 124
2076-212 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 212
2076-224 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 224
2105-800 |X| IBM 2105-800
2105-E20 |X| IBM 2105-E20
2105-F10 |X| IBM 2105-F10
2105-F20 |X| IBM 2105-F20
2107-921 |X| IBM 2107-921
2107-922 |X| IBM 2107-922
2107-931 |X| IBM 2107-931
2107-932 |X| IBM 2107-932
2107-9A2 |X| IBM 2107-9A2
2107-9AE |X| IBM 2107-9AE
2107-9B2 |X| IBM 2107-9B2
7204-646 |X| IBM 7204-646
         | |
---------+-+--------Displays-----------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7042-C06 |X| IBM 7042-C06
7042-C07 |X| IBM 7042-C07
7042-CR4 |X| IBM 7042-CR4
7042-CR5 |X| IBM 7042-CR5
7310-C05 |X| IBM 7310-C05
7310-C06 |X| IBM 7310-C06
7310-CR3 |X| IBM 7310-CR3
7310-CR4 |X| IBM 7310-CR4
7316-TF1 |X| IBM 7316-TF1
7316-TF3 |X| IBM 7316-TF3
9419-HB7 |X| IBM ThinkVision L191p 19-inch LCD Flat-panel Monitor
9513-AW1 |X| IBM T55A 15.0-inch Color TFT LCD Monitor
9516-B03 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
         | |B03
9516-B04 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
         | |B04
         | |
---------+-+--------Expansion Cabinets-------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7014-B42 |X| IBM 7014-B42
7014-S25 |X| IBM 7014-S25
7014-T00 |X| IBM 7014-T00
7014-T42 |X| IBM 7014-T42
         | |
---------+-+--------SCSI Devices-------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3996-032 |X|
3996-080 |X|
3996-174 |X|
7210-020 |X| IBM 7210-020
7210-025 |X| IBM 7210-025
7210-030 |X| IBM 7210-030
         | |
---------+-+--------Storage Network Devices--------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1750-EX2 |X| IBM System Storage DS6000 Expansion Unit
1818-80C |X| 1818-80C IBM System Storage DCS3700 Storage System
1818-80E |X| IBM System Storage DCS3700 Expansion Unit
2105-750 |X| IBM 2105-750
2145-4F2 |X| IBM 2145-4F2
2145-8F2 |X| IBM 2145-8F2
2145-8F4 |X| IBM 2145-8F4
2421-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2421-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2421-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2421)
2421-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2421)
2421-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2422-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2422-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2422-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2422)
2422-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2422)
2422-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2423-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2423-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2423-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2423)
2423-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2423)
2423-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2424-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2424-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2424-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2424)
2424-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2424)
2424-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2858-A10 |X| N6040 Model A10
2858-A11 |X| N6070 Model A11
2858-A12 |X| N6060 Model A12
2858-A20 |X| N6040 Model A20
2858-A21 |X| N6070 Model A21
2858-A22 |X| N6060 Model A22
2859-A10 |X|
2859-A20 |X|
2861-001 |X| IBM System Storage EXN1000 SATA expansion unit
2862-A10 |X|
2862-A20 |X|
2863-001 |X| IBM System Storage EXN2000
2863-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N3700 Model A10
2863-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N3700 Model A20
2864-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N5200 Model A10
2864-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N5200 Model A20
2865-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N5500 Model A10
2865-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N5500 Model A20
2866-A10 |X|
2866-A11 |X|
2866-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N7600 Model A20
2866-A21 |X| IBM System Storage N7600 Model A20
2866-G11 |X|
2866-G21 |X| IBM System Storage N7600 Model G20
2867-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A10
2867-A11 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A10
2867-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A20
2867-A21 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A20
2867-G11 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model G20
2867-G21 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model G20
9830-AE1 |X| FlashSystem 810 Model AE1
9830-AS1 |X| FlashSystem 710 Model AS1
         | |
---------+-+--------Switch-------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2005-B16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-2
2005-B32 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32B-2 Express Model
2005-B5K |X| IBM System Storage SAN32B-3
2005-B64 |X| IBM System Storage SAN64B-2 Fabric Switch
2005-H08 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch H16
2005-H16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch H16
2005-R18 |X| IBM 2005 System Storage SAN18B-R Router
2026-224 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN24M-1
2026-416 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16M-2
2026-432 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-2
2026-E12 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN12M-1
2027-140 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN140M
2027-232 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-1
2027-256 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN256M
2031-216 |X| IBM 2031-216
2031-232 |X| IBM 2031-232
2032-064 |X| IBM 2032-064
2032-140 |X| IBM 2032-140
2034-212 |X| IBM 2034-212
2042-001 |X| IBM 2042-001
2042-128 |X| IBM 2042-128
2042-256 |X| IBM 2042-256
2045-N16 |X| IBM 2045-N16
2053-424 |X| Cisco MDS 9124 for IBM System Storage switch
2053-434 |X| Cisco MDS 9134 for IBM System Storage switch
2053-S34 |X| Cisco MDS 9134 for IBM System Storage switch
2061-020 |X| IBM 2061-020
2061-040 |X| IBM 2061-040
2062-D01 |X| IBM 2062-D01
2062-D04 |X| Cisco MDS 9506 MultilaIayer Director
2062-D07 |X| Cisco MDS 9509 MultilaIayer Director
2062-D1A |X| Cisco MDS 9216A Multilayer Fabric Switch
2062-D1H |X| Cisco MDS 9216i Multilayer Fabric Switch
2062-E11 |X| Cisco MDS 9513 Multilayer Director
2062-T04 |X| Cisco MDS 9506 Multilayer Director
2062-T07 |X| Cisco MDS 9509 MultilaIayer Director
2109-A16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-R
2109-F16 |X| IBM 2109-F16
2109-F32 |X| IBM 2109-F32
2109-M12 |X| IBM 2109-M12
2109-M14 |X| IBM 2109-M14
2109-M48 |X| IBM 2109 SAN256B Director Model M48
2498-B24 |X| IBM System Storage SAN24B-4 Express
2498-B40 |X| IBM System Storage SAN40B-4
2498-B80 |X| IBM 2498 SAN80B-4 Model B80
2498-F48 |X| IBM System Storage SAN48B
2499-416 |X| IBM System Storage SAN384B
2499-816 |X| IBM System Storage SAN768B
         | |
---------+-+--------Tape---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3494-D22 |X| IBM 3494-D22
3494-D24 |X| IBM 3494-D24
3494-HA1 |X| IBM 3494-HA1
3494-L22 |X| IBM 3494-L22
3572-S3H |X| TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO3 HH SAS drive
3572-S4H |X| TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO4 HH SAS drive
3573-L2U |X| TS3100 Tape Library Model L2U
3573-L4U |X| TS3200 Tape Library Model L4U
3576-E9U |X| IBM System Storage TS3310 Tape Library Model E9U
3576-L5B |X| IBM System Storage TS3310 Tape Library Model L5B
3577-L5U |X| IBM 3577-L5U
3580-H3L |X| System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model H3L
3580-H3S |X| System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model H3S
3580-H4S |X| System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Express Model H4S
3580-L23 |X| IBM 3580-L23
3580-L33 |X| TotalStorage 3580 Tape Drive Model L33
3580-L43 |X| System Storage TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model L43
3580-S43 |X| System Storage TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model S43
3581-F28 |X| IBM 3581-F28
3581-F38 |X| IBM 3581-F38
3581-H23 |X| IBM 3581-H23
3581-L23 |X| IBM 3581-L23
3581-L28 |X| IBM 3581-L28
3581-L38 |X| IBM 3581-L38
3582-L23 |X| IBM 3582-L23
3583-L18 |X| IBM 3583-L18
3583-L36 |X| IBM 3583-L36
3583-L72 |X| IBM 3583-L72
3584-D22 |X| IBM 3584-D22
3584-D23 |X| IBM 3584-D23
3584-D32 |X| IBM 3584-D32
3584-D42 |X| IBM 3584-D42
3584-D52 |X| IBM 3584-D52
3584-D53 |X| IBM 3584-D53
3584-HA1 |X| IBM 3584-HA1
3584-L22 |X| IBM 3584-L22
3584-L23 |X| IBM 3584-L23
3584-L32 |X| IBM 3584-L32
3584-L52 |X| IBM 3584-L52
3584-L53 |X| IBM 3584-L53
3584-S24 |X| TS3500 HD Frames Enterpr Drive
3584-S54 |X| TS3500 HD Frames LTO Drive
3588-F3A |X| IBM 3588-F3A
3588-F3B |X| IBM 3588-F3B
3588-F4A |X| IBM System Storage TS1040 Tape Drive Model F4A
3590-H11 |X| IBM 3590-H11
3590-H1A |X| IBM 3590-H1A
3592-E05 |X| IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive
3592-E06 |X| TS1130 Tape Drive
3592-E07 |X| IBM 3592 System Storage TS1140 Tape Drive Model E07
3592-EU6 |X| TS1130 Tape Drive
3592-J1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3592
3952-F05 |X| IBM System Storage 3952 Tape Frame
3954-CV5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510
3954-CV6 |X| IBM Virtualization Server TS7520 Server
3954-CV7 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7530 Server
3955-SV5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510 Model SV5
3955-SV6 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7520 Cache Controller
3955-SX5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510 Model SX5
3955-SX6 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7520 Cache Drawer
3958-AP1 |X| IBM System Storage TS7650 ProtecTIER De-duplication
         | |Appliance (3958-AP1)
3958-DD3 |X| IBM System Storage TS7650G Gateway (3958-DD3)
7205-550 |X| IBM 7205-550
7206-220 |X| IBM 7206-220
7206-336 |X| IBM 7206-336
7206-VX2 |X| IBM 7206-VX2
7206-VX3 |X| IBM 7206-VX3
7212-312 |X| IBM 7212-312
7214-1U2 |X| 7214-1U2
7226-1U3 |X| 7226-1U3
7332-220 |X| IBM 4MM DDS-4 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 220
 
---------+-+--------Power--------------------------------------------
9910-E15 |X| 9910-E15
9910-E16 |X| 9910-E16
9910-E30 |X| 9910-E30
9910-E33 |X| 9910-E33
9910-E35 |X| 9910-E35
9910-E36 |X| 9910-E36
9910-E50 |X| 9910-E50
9910-E64 |X| 9910-E64
9910-E65 |X| 9910-E65
9910-E66 |X| 9910-E66
9910-E67 |X| 9910-E67
9910-E82 |X| 9910-E82
9910-E83 |X| 9910-E83
9910-P13 |X| 9910-P13
9910-P14 |X| 9910-P14
 

Model conversions

Not available.

Feature conversions for 8236-E8C solid state drive features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
ES0A - 387GB SFF-1 SSD for   EH14 - GEN2-S Conversion     No
AIX/Linux with eMLC          Carrier for Feature ES0C
                             387GB SSD

Back to topBack to top
 
Technical description
TOC Link Physical specifications TOC Link Operating environment TOC Link Limitations
TOC Link Hardware requirements TOC Link Software requirements


Physical specifications

Rack-Mount:

  • Width: 440 mm (17.3 in)
  • Depth: 730 mm (28.7 in)
  • Height: 173 mm (6.81 in)
  • Weight: 48.7 kg (107.4 lb)

Operating environment

  • Temperature: (nonoperating) 5 to 45 degrees C (41 to 113 F); recommended temperature (operating) 18 to 27 degrees C (64 to 80 F); allowable operating temperature 5 to 35 degrees C (41 to 95 F)

  • Relative humidity: Nonoperating 8% to 80%; recommended 5.5 degrees C (42 F) dew point to 60% RH and 15 degrees C (59 F) dew point

  • Maximum dew point: 28 degrees C (84 F)(operating)

  • Operating voltage: 200 to 240 V ac

  • Operating frequency: 47/63 Hz

  • Maximum measured power consumption: 1950 watts (maximum)

  • Power factor: 0.98

  • Thermal output: 6,655 Btu/hour (maximum)

  • Power-source loading
    • 2.0 kVa (maximum configuration)
    • Maximum altitude: 3,050 m (10,000 ft)

Noise level and sound power

  • Two 3.3 GHz 6-core processors, sixteen 8 GB DIMMs, two power supplies, eight SFF disks, one DVD, three PCI adapters: 6.4 bels idle/6.2 bels operating

  • Two 3.3 GHz 6-core processors, sixteen 8 GB DIMMs, two power supplies, eight SFF disks, one DVD, three PCI adapters with acoustical doors: 5.8 bels idle/5.6 bels operating

  • Four 3.3 GHz 6-core processors, thirty-two 8 GB DIMMs, two power supplies, eight SFF disks, one DVD, three PCI adapters: 7.1 bels idle/7.1 bels operating

  • Four 3.3 GHz 6-core processors, thirty-two 8 GB DIMMs, two power supplies, eight SFF disks, one DVD, three PCI adapters with acoustical doors: 6.5 bels idle/6.5 bels operating

EMC conformance classification

This equipment is subject to FCC rules and shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

  • US: FCC Class A
  • Europe: CISPR 22 Class A
  • Japan: VCCI-A
  • Korea: Korean Requirement Class A
  • China: People's Republic of China commodity inspection law Class A

Homologation -- Telecom environmental testing (Safety and EMC)

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in LaGaude, France. This Power Systems model and applicable features meet the environmental testing requirements of the country telecom and have been designed and tested in compliance with the Full Quality Assurance Approval (FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board for Telecom (BABT), the U.K. Telecom regulatory authority.

Product safety/Country testing/Certification

  • UL 60950 Underwriters Laboratory, Safety Information
  • CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00, Canadian Standards Association
  • EN60950 European Norm
  • IEC 60950, Edition 1, International Electrotechnical Commission, Safety Information
  • GS Mark (Safety, TUV, EN60950)-Germany, Europe
  • Nordic deviations to IEC 60950-1 1st Edition

General requirements: The product is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Limitations

System

  • When an HMC is connected to the system, the integrated system ports are rendered nonfunctional. In this case, the customer must install an asynchronous adapter for serial port usage.

  • Integrated system ports are not supported under AIX or Linux when the HMC ports are connected to an HMC. Either the HMC ports or the integrated system ports can be used, but not both.

  • The integrated system ports are supported for modem and asynch terminal connections. Any other application using serial ports requires a serial port adapter to be installed in a PCI slot. The integrated system ports do not support HACMP configurations.

Processor cards

  • Four processor cards are required.

  • All processors must be activated.

    • Because four processor cards are required in the 8236-E8C system, a minimum and maximum of 32 processor activations are required. 32 x #2325 must be on the order with processor feature #8332 and 32 x #EPF1 must be on the order with processor feature #EPA1.

Power supply

  • The base machine contains two ac power supplies (#7740).

Redundant fans

  • Redundant fans standard

Power cords

Two power cords are required.

The Power 755 requires 200-240 V power cords for all configurations.

System memory

  • A minimum 128 GB of memory is required on the Power 755 system.

  • Eight memory DIMM slots are on a processor card. The maximum system memory is 256 GB with four processor cards.

  • Different system memory feature numbers may not be mixed on the same processor card. However, a system with more than one processor card may use different memory feature numbers on the same system.

  • Memory must be installed in groups of 1 feature (2 DIMMs), 2 features (4 DIMMs), or 4 features (8 DIMMs) per processor card. Installation of 3 features (6 DIMMs) is not permitted.

  • It is generally recommended that memory be installed evenly across all processor cards in the system. Balancing memory across the installed processor cards allows memory access in a consistent manner and typically results in the best possible performance for your configuration. However, balancing memory fairly evenly across multiple processor cards, compared to balancing memory exactly evenly typically has a very small performance difference.

Plans for future memory upgrades should be taken into account when deciding which memory feature size to use at the time of initial system order.

FIGURE 1. Memory features:

                            Feature     Minimum    Maximum
       Feature              number      quantity   quantity
       -------------------  -------     --------   --------
       8 GB 1066 Mhz        4526/EM08     0          16
         (2 x 4 GB RDIMMs)
 
       16 GB 1066 Mhz       4527/EM16     0          16
         (2 x 8 GB RDIMMs)
 
       32 GB 1066 MHz       EM32          0           8
         (2 x 16 GB RDIMMs)
 

Note: The 8 GB memory feature (#4526) is planned to be available on March 16, 2010.

Drawer/tower attachment:

  • EXP12S SAS DASD Expansion Drawer (#5886)

    • Feature number 8340 supports one feature number 5886 drawer directly off the system unit's SAS port. EXP12S drawers are attached to a PCI-X or PCIe SAS adapter via SAS cables.

    • A system maximum of 13 is allowed.

The following list shows I/O drawers that are supported or available on the 8236 machine type and the correct interface to use for each of the drawers.

                             Order
Feature Description          Status     Interface
-------------------          ------     ---------
5886    Exp 12S SAS
             Disk Drawer     Available  SAS
 

Maximum number of attached I/O drawers per system:

              Power 755
Feature       (32-core)
-------    -----------------
      O/S  AIX  Linux
 
5886       13    13
 

PCI card slots

The Power 755 has a maximum of five hot-plug slots.

  • Slot 1 is a PCIe x8 short-length slot. A GX++ slot shares this slot.
  • Slot 2 is a PCIe x8 short-length slot.
  • Slot 3 is a PCIe x8 full-length slot.
  • Slots 4 and 5 are PCIX DDR 266 MHz full-length slots.
  • All slots are hot pluggable except slot 1 when used as a GX slot.

Graphics adapters

  • A graphics adapter, keyboard, and mouse are not required in the minimum configuration.

  • The maximum number of graphics adapters supported in the Power 755 is three.

I/O adapters

  • Integrated Virtual Ethernet feature (#5613, #5623, #5624), and the SAS RAID Enablement feature (#5679) are not plugged into a slot, leaving the slots available for PCI adapters or GX adapters.

  • Refer to Figure 2 for additional I/O adapter information.

  • The adapter installed in slot 1 or 2 must be short.

Figure 2. I/O adapter features:

                                     Orderable  Supported CEC
                                     Feature    Feature   Max
   I/O Adapter                       number     number    qty Size
   -----------                       ---------  --------- --- -----
   4-port USB PCIe                   2728                  3  Short
   PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem           2893                  3  Short
   PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem CIM       2894                  3  Short
   PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor   4764                  2  Long
 
   GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach   5609                  1  GX++ slot
   2-port 10 Gb IVE Daughter Card    5613                  1  N/A
 
   4-port 1 Gb IVE Daughter Card     5624                  1  N/A
 
   2-port 10/100/1000 Ethernet       5706                  2  Short
   10 Gigabit FCoE PCIe Dual Port    5708                  3  Short
   ISCI TOE Gb Ethernet (Copper)     5713                  2  Short
   4-port 1 Gb Ethernet PCI-e 4x     5717                  3  Short
   10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Exp.  5732                  3  Short
   8 Gb Dual-port Fibre Channel      5735                  3  Short
 
   GXT145 PCIe Graphics Accelerator  5748                  3  Short
 
   2-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel         5759                  2  Short
   2-port 1 Gb Ethernet (UTP) PCIe   5767                  3  Short
   2-port 1 Gb Ethernet (Fiber) PCIe 5768                  3  Short
   10 Gb Ethernet-SR                 5769                  3  Short
   10 Gb Ethernet-LR                 5772                  3  Short
 
   2-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel         5774                  3  Short
   4-port Asynch EIA-232 PCIe        5785                  3  Short
 
   PCIe Dual-x4 SAS                  5901                  3  Short
   PCIe 380MB Cache Dual-x4 SAS RAID 5903                  3  Short
   PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA, no IOP       6808                  2  Short
   PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA, no IOP, CIM  6809                  2  Short
 

Note: Maximums are for CEC only.

Storage devices/bays

  • The Power 755 has a slim media bay that contains a mandatory DVD-RAM (#5762 or follow-on).

  • Feature number 8340 must be selected and supports only SFF or SSD; 3.5-inch drives are not supported with feature 8340:
    • Feature number 1878 must be selected.
    • One of feature numbers 1882, 1883, 1885, 1886, or 1890 must be selected. (see note).
    • If connection of a feature 5886 EXP12S drawer is desired using the external SAS port on feature 8340, feature number 3668 is required.

    Note: No internal DASD is required if feature 0837 (Boot from SAN) is selected. In this case, a Fibre Channel or Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapter must also be ordered.

  • Split DASD is not supported on the 8236-E8C.

  • SSDs (#1890 and #3586) support restrictions:

    • Feature 1890 is supported in the Power 755 CEC.

    • SFF feature 3586 is not supported in the Power 755 CEC.

    • SSDs and disk drives (HDDs) are not allowed to mirror each other.

    • SSDs are not supported by features 5900, 5901, and 5912.

    • A maximum of eight per feature 5886 EXP12S drawer is allowed. There can be no mixing of SSDs and HDDs in a feature 5886. A maximum of one feature 5886 containing SSDs attached to a single controller or pair of controllers is allowed. A feature 5886 containing SSD drives cannot be connected to other feature 5886s. A feature 5886 containing SSD drives cannot be attached to the CEC external SAS portion of the Power 755.

Figure 3. Storage device features:

                                             Orderable Supported
                        Maximum              Feature   Feature
Device                  quantity  Bay        number    number
------                  -------   ---------  ------    ------
DVD-RAM (SATA)              1      Slim        5762
 
                                                  Orderable Supported
                       Maximum                     Feature   Feature
Device                quantity         Bay        number    number
------                ---------------  ---------  ------    ------
                       AIX       Linux
 146.8 GB 15K,          8            8  DASD 1-8   1882
    SAS, SFF,
  73.4 GB 15K,          8            8  DASD 1-8   1883
    SAS, SFF,
 300 GB 10K,            8            8  DASD 1-8   1885
    SAS, SFF,
 146.8 GB 15K,          8            8  DASD 1-8   1886
    SAS, SFF,
 
  69 GB SAS, SFF,       8            8  DASD 1-8   1890
    Solid-state
 
  69 GB SAS, SFF,      24           24             3586
       Solid-state                  24 in     3 x #5886
 

Note: * 8 disks or solid-state drives maximum can be installed internally. #3586 cannot be installed internally. 8 x #3586 can be placed in each #5886. Only 1 #5886 can be attached to a #5903 when it contains solid-state drives. A #5886 cannot be attached to the CEC external SAS port when it contains solid-state drives.

                                               Orderable Supported
                     Maximum                   Feature   Feature
Device               quantity        Bay       number    number
----------------   --------------- ----------  --------- ---------
                   AIX       Linux
146.8 GB 15K RPM,  156        156         13 x #5886       3647
  SAS
300 GB 15K RPM,    156        156         13 x #5886       3648
  SAS
450 GB 15K RPM,    156        156         13 x #5886       3649
  SAS
 

Note: 3.5-inch DASD is not supported in the 8236-E8C CEC.

Hardware requirements

Power 755 minimum system configuration

The Power 755 has four processor slots, each of which must contain an 8-core 3.3 or 3.6 GHz POWER7 processor card. Processor cards with different speeds can't be mixed in the system. The system can contain up to 256 GB of system memory (64 GB maximum per processor card), eight HDD or SDD DASD, five PCI adapters, and a mandatory DVD-RAM, as desired. This flexibility is made available through the many optional features for the Power 755.

Each Power 755 order must include a minimum of the following items:

  • One system Central Electronics Complex (CEC) enclosure with the following items:

    • Two power cords (#6470-#6478, #6487-#6494, #6496, #6497, #6577, #6580, #6586, #6651, #6653-#6660, #6662, #6665, #6669, #6671, #6672, #6680)

    • One Language Group, Specify (#9300 or #97xx)

  • Choose processor card from:
    • Four 8-core 3.3 GHz POWER7 processor cards (#8332)
    • Four 8-core 3.6 GHz POWER7 processor cards (#EPA1)

  • Choose processor activations from:
    • Thirty-two zero-priced processor activations (#2325) with processor #8332
    • Thirty-two zero-priced processor activations (#EPF1) with processor #EPA1

  • Choose 128 GB minimum memory from:
    • 8 GB (2 x 4 GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2 Gb (#4526/EM08)
    • 16 GB (2 x 8 GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2 Gb (#4527/EM16)
    • 32 GB (2 x 16GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2 Gb (#EM32)

    Note: The 8 GB memory feature (#4526) is planned to be available on March 16, 2010.

  • DASD/Media Backplane with external SAS port, 8 x 2.5-inch DASD (#8340)

  • Choose Ethernet daughter card from:
    • 4-port 1 Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card (#5624)
    • Dual-port 10 Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card (#5613)

  • Choose two DASD/SSD from:
    • 73.4 GB SAS 2.5-inch 15,000 RPM (#1883) (AIX/Linux/VIOS)
    • 146.8 GB SAS 2.5-inch 10,000 RPM (#1882) (AIX/Linux/VIOS)
    • 146.8 GB SAS 2.5-inch 15,000 RPM (#1886) (AIX/Linux/VIOS)
    • 300 GB SAS 2.5-inch 10,000 RPM (#1885) (AIX/Linux/VIOS)
    • 69 GB SAS 2.5-inch Solid State Drive (#1890) (AIX/Linux/VIOS)

      Note: No internal DASD is required if feature 0837 (Boot from SAN) is selected. In this case, a Fibre Channel or Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapter must also be ordered.

  • Cable for rack-mount drawer with 2.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1878)

  • SATA DVD-RAM (#5762)

  • 2 x 1725 Watt AC, Hot-swap Power Supply (2 x #7740)

  • Choose Primary Operating System Indicator from:
    • AIX (#2146)
    • Linux (#2147)

    Note: The GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach Adapter Card (#5609) will be defaulted on every 8236-E8C order but may be deselected.

RAID

Internal RAID is not available on the Power 755.

Software requirements

If installing the AIX operating system (one of these):

  • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later

  • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later (planned availability: June 25, 2010)

  • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later (planned availability: June 25, 2010)

  • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later (planned availability: March 16, 2010)

  • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later (planned availability: May 28, 2010)

  • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later (planned availability: May 28, 2010)

Visit the IBM Prerequisite website for compatibility information for hardware features and the corresponding AIX Technology Levels

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eserverprereq.nsf

If installing the Linux operating system (one of these):

  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 or later

  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 for the Power 755 Server, or later, with current maintenance updates available from Novell to enable all planned functionality

  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 for the Power 755 Server, with current maintenance updates available from Novell to enable all planned functionality

Users should also update their systems with the latest Linux for Power service and productivity tools available from IBM's website

http://www14.software.ibm.com/webapp/set2/sas/f/lopdiags/home.html

If installing VIOS:

  • VIOS 2.1.2.11 with Fix Pack 22.1 and Service Pack 1, or later

Java 1.4.2 on POWER7

There are unique considerations when running Java 1.4.2 on POWER7. For best exploitation of the outstanding performance capabilities and most recent improvements of POWER7, IBM recommends upgrading Java-based applications to Java 6 or Java 5 whenever possible.

For more information, visit

http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/java/jdk/aix/service.html

Back to topBack to top
 
Publications

IBM Power Systems hardware documentation provides you with the following topical information:

  • System overview
  • Planning for the system
  • Installing and configuring the system
  • Working with consoles, terminals, and interfaces
  • Managing system resources
  • Working with operating systems and software applications
  • Troubleshooting, service, and support

You can access the product documentation at

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/scope/hw/index.jsp.

Product documentation is also available on DVD, SK5T-7087.

The following information is shipped with the 8236-E8C:

       8236-E8C  Service DVD         SK5T-7087-04
       Installation Road Map
       Safety Information
       Statement of Warranty
 

Hardware documentation such as installation instructions, user's information, and service information is available to download or view at

http://www.ibm.com/systems/support

AIX documentation can be found at the IBM AIX Information Center

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/pseries/index.jsp

Visit the IBM System Support Site, which contains the documentation for the hardware

http://www.ibm.com/systems/support

The IBM Systems Information Center provides you with a single information center where you can access product documentation for IBM systems hardware, operating systems, and server software. Through a consistent framework, you can efficiently find information and personalize your access. The IBM Systems Information Center is at

http://publib14.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems


Back to topBack to top
 
Features
TOC Link Features - No charge TOC Link Features - Chargeable TOC Link Feature Availability Matrix
TOC Link Feature descriptions


Features - No charge

  • Languages
    • (#9300) -Language Group Specify - US English
    • (#9700) -Language Group Specify - Dutch
    • (#9703) -Language Group Specify - French
    • (#9704) -Language Group Specify - German
    • (#9705) -Language Group Specify - Polish
    • (#9706) -Language Group Specify - Norwegian
    • (#9707) -Language Group Specify - Portuguese
    • (#9708) -Language Group Specify - Spanish
    • (#9711) -Language Group Specify - Italian
    • (#9712) -Language Group Specify - Canadian French
    • (#9714) -Language Group Specify - Japanese
    • (#9715) -Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
    • (#9716) -Language Group Specify - Korean
    • (#9718) -Language Group Specify - Turkish
    • (#9719) -Language Group Specify - Hungarian
    • (#9720) -Language Group Specify - Slovakian
    • (#9721) -Language Group Specify - Russian
    • (#9722) -Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
    • (#9724) -Language Group Specify - Czech
    • (#9725) -Language Group Specify -- Romanian
    • (#9726) -Language Group Specify - Croatian
    • (#9727) -Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
    • (#9728) -Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
    • (#9729) -Language Group Specify - Thai

  • Miscellaneous
    • (#0983) -US TAA Compliance Indicator
    • (#9461) -Month Indicator
    • (#9462) -Day Indicator
    • (#9463) -Hour Indicator
    • (#9464) -Minute Indicator
    • (#9465) -Qty Indicator
    • (#9466) -Countable Member Indicator

  • Specify Codes
    • (#9169) -Order Routing Indicator-System Plant
    • (#9440) -New AIX License Core Counter
    • (#9442) -New Red Hat License Core Counter
    • (#9443) -New SUSE License Core Counter
    • (#9444) -Other AIX License Core Counter
    • (#9445) -Other Linux License Core Counter
    • (#9446) -3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
    • (#9447) -VIOS Core Counter

Features - Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders

  • Administrative
    • (#0464) -SSD Placement Indicator - 5886
    • (#ESC0) -S&H - No Charge
    • (#ESC7) -S&H

  • Cable
    • (#1878) -Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/2.5" DASD

  • Drive
    • (#EU04) -RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge

  • Linecords
    • (#6577) -Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A

  • Miscellaneous
    • (#8143) -Linux Software Preinstall
    • (#8144) -Linux Software Preinstall (Business Partners)
    • (#8340) -Enhanced DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/ Tape with External SAS Port

  • Power
    • (#7740) -Power Supply, 1725 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base or Redundant

  • Services
    • (#5524) -RFID TAGS FOR SERVERS, BLADES, BLADECENTERS, RACKS, AND HMCS

  • Solid State Drive
    • (#ESRA) -Four ES0A 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
    • (#ESRC) -Four ES0C 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC

  • Specify Codes
    • (#0456) -Customer Specified Placement

      One and only one rack indicator features is required on

      all orders (#4650 to #4666).

    • (#4650) -Rack Indicator-Not Factory Integrated
    • (#4651) -Rack Indicator, Rack #1
    • (#4652) -Rack Indicator, Rack #2
    • (#4653) -Rack Indicator, Rack #3
    • (#4654) -Rack Indicator, Rack #4
    • (#4655) -Rack Indicator, Rack #5
    • (#4656) -Rack Indicator, Rack #6
    • (#4657) -Rack Indicator, Rack #7
    • (#4658) -Rack Indicator, Rack #8
    • (#4659) -Rack Indicator, Rack #9
    • (#4660) -Rack Indicator, Rack #10
    • (#4661) -Rack Indicator, Rack #11
    • (#4662) -Rack Indicator, Rack #12
    • (#4663) -Rack Indicator, Rack #13
    • (#4664) -Rack Indicator, Rack #14
    • (#4665) -Rack Indicator, Rack #15
    • (#4666) -Rack Indicator, Rack #16

Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable

  • Adapters
    • (#2054) -PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb
    • (#2728) -4 port USB PCIe Adapter
    • (#2893) -PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
    • (#4764) -PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
    • (#4807) -PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
    • (#5289) -2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
    • (#5609) -GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach
    • (#5613) -Dual Port (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet 10Gb Daughter Card
    • (#5624) -4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
    • (#5646) -Blind Swap Type III Cassette-PCIe, Short Slot
    • (#5647) -Blind Swap Type III Cassette-PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot
    • (#5706) -IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5708) -10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
    • (#5713) -1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
    • (#5717) -4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5732) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5735) -8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5748) -POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator
    • (#5759) -4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5767) -2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5768) -2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5769) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5772) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5774) -4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5785) -4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
    • (#5805) -PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#5899) -PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
    • (#5901) -PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter
    • (#5903) -PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#5923) -Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID Indicator
    • (#6808) -PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA No IOP
    • (#7863) -PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type III
    • (#EJ27) -PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
    • (#EN27) -2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

  • Administrative
    • (#0462) -SSD Placement Indicator - CEC

  • Cable
    • (#0348) -V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0353) -V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0359) -X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#1828) -1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
    • (#1841) -3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
    • (#1854) -10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable
    • (#1861) -0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable
    • (#2456) -2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2459) -2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2934) -3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
    • (#2936) -Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M
    • (#3124) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer-3.7M
    • (#3125) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack-8M
    • (#3457) -SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3458) -SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3652) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
    • (#3653) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
    • (#3654) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
    • (#3661) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 3M:
    • (#3662) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 6M:
    • (#3663) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 15M:
    • (#3668) -SAS Cable, DASD Backplane to Rear Bulkhead
    • (#3679) -SAS Cable (AI)-Adapter to Internal drive 1M
    • (#3681) -3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
    • (#3682) -6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
    • (#3684) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 3M
    • (#3685) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 6M
    • (#3686) -SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5M
    • (#3687) -SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3M
    • (#3691) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M
    • (#3692) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M
    • (#3693) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M
    • (#3694) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M
    • (#3925) -0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
    • (#3926) -Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
    • (#3927) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
    • (#3928) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
    • (#3930) -System Serial Port Converter Cable
    • (#4242) -1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)
    • (#4256) -Extender Cable-USB KEYB1.8
    • (#4276) -VGA to DVI Connection Converter
    • (#7802) -Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

  • Disk
    • (#1751) -900GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1752) -900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1790) -600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1818) -Quantity 150 of #1964
    • (#1866) -Quantity 150 of #1917
    • (#1869) -Quantity 150 of #1925
    • (#1880) -300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1882) -146.8GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
    • (#1883) -73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
    • (#1885) -300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive
    • (#1886) -146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive
    • (#1890) -69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
    • (#1917) -146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1925) -300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1929) -Quantity 150 of #1953
    • (#1953) -300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1964) -600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1995) -177GB SSD Module with eMLC (AIX/Linux)
    • (#3586) -69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
    • (#3647) -146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
    • (#3648) -300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
    • (#3649) -450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
    • (#7535) -Quantity 150 of #3586
    • (#7549) -Quantity 150 of #3647
    • (#7550) -Quantity 150 of #1790
    • (#7564) -Quantity 150 of #3648
    • (#7565) -Quantity 150 of #3649
    • (#EQ52) -Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)
    • (#ESD1) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#ESD3) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

  • Display
    • (#3632) -Widescreen LCD Monitor

  • Drive
    • (#1106) -USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#1107) -USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#EU01) -1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
    • (#EU03) -RDX USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge
    • (#EU04) -RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge
    • (#EU08) -RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#EU15) -1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
    • (#EU2T) -2TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (RDX)

  • Keyboards
    • (#5951) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
    • (#5952) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
    • (#5953) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
    • (#5954) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#5955) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
    • (#5956) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
    • (#5957) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
    • (#5958) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#5959) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
    • (#5960) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
    • (#5961) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
    • (#5962) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
    • (#5964) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
    • (#5965) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#5966) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
    • (#5967) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#5968) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
    • (#5969) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
    • (#5970) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
    • (#5971) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
    • (#5972) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
    • (#5973) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
    • (#5974) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
    • (#5975) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
    • (#5976) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
    • (#5977) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
    • (#5978) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#5979) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
    • (#5980) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
    • (#5981) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
    • (#5982) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
    • (#5983) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
    • (#EK51) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
    • (#EK52) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
    • (#EK53) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
    • (#EK54) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#EK55) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
    • (#EK56) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
    • (#EK57) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
    • (#EK58) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#EK59) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
    • (#EK60) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
    • (#EK61) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
    • (#EK62) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
    • (#EK64) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
    • (#EK65) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#EK66) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
    • (#EK67) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#EK68) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
    • (#EK69) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
    • (#EK70) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
    • (#EK71) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
    • (#EK72) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
    • (#EK73) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
    • (#EK74) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
    • (#EK75) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
    • (#EK76) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
    • (#EK77) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
    • (#EK78) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#EK79) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
    • (#EK80) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
    • (#EK81) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
    • (#EK82) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
    • (#EK83) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P

  • Linecords
    • (#6458) -Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
    • (#6460) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
    • (#6469) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), U. S.
    • (#6470) -Power Cord 1.8m(6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)
    • (#6471) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
    • (#6472) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
    • (#6473) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6474) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A)
    • (#6475) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
    • (#6476) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6477) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
    • (#6478) -Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
    • (#6487) -Power Cord 1.8M (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States
    • (#6488) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A )
    • (#6489) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A Power Cord
    • (#6491) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A Pwr Cord
    • (#6492) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A Pwr Cord
    • (#6493) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6494) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6496) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6651) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
    • (#6654) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord
    • (#6655) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord
    • (#6656) -4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord
    • (#6659) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
    • (#6660) -Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
    • (#6665) -Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6669) -Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
    • (#6671) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6672) -Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6680) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#ELC0) -PDU Access Cord 0.38m

  • Manufacturing Instruction
    • (#9359) -specify mode-1 1(1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9360) -Specify mode-1 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9361) -Specify mode-2 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9367) -Specify mode-1 1(2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9368) -Specify mode-2 1(4)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9384) -Specify mode-1 & CEC SAS port for EXP24 #5887

  • Media Devices
    • (#5762) -SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
    • (#5771) -SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
    • (#EU16) -80/160GB DAT160 USB Tape Drive

  • Memory
    • (#4526) -8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
    • (#4527) -16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM08) -8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM16) -16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM32) -32GB (2x16GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM

  • Miscellaneous
    • (#1140) -Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA
    • (#2146) -Primary OS - AIX
    • (#2147) -Primary OS - Linux
    • (#6586) -Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
    • (#ECSM) -Custom Service Specify, Mexico

  • Pointing Device
    • (#8845) -USB Mouse

  • Power
    • (#7109) -Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
    • (#7188) -Power Distribution Unit

  • Processor
    • (#2325) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8332
    • (#8332) -8-core 3.3 GHz POWER7 Processor Card
    • (#EPA1) -8-core 3.6 GHz POWER7 Processor Card
    • (#EPF1) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPA1

  • Rack Related
    • (#0551) -19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
    • (#0553) -19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
    • (#0599) -Rack Filler Panel Kit
    • (#5886) -EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
    • (#5887) -EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
    • (#6068) -Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
    • (#6069) -Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
    • (#6248) -1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
    • (#6249) -2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
    • (#6263) -1.8m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6272) -2.0m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6580) -Optional Rack Security Kit
    • (#7118) -Environmental Monitoring Probe
    • (#EC01) -Rack Front Door (Black)
    • (#EC02) -Rack Rear Door
    • (#EC03) -Rack Side Cover
    • (#EC04) -Rack Suite Attachment Kit
    • (#EC15) -Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Meter Slim Rack
    • (#ER05) -42U Slim Rack

  • Services
    • (#0010) -One CSC Billing Unit
    • (#0011) -Ten CSC Billing Units

  • Solid State Drive
    • (#1775) -177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1793) -177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1887) -Quantity 150 of #1793
    • (#EH10) -387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for AIX/Linux
    • (#EH14) -GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0C 387GB SSD
    • (#ES0A) -387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
    • (#ES0C) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
    • (#ES0E) -775GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES0G) -775GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES10) -387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES19) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux

  • Specify Codes
    • (#0265) -AIX Partition Specify
    • (#0266) -Linux Partition Specify
    • (#0275) -CSC Specify
    • (#0837) -SAN Load Source Specify

Feature Availability Matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 8236 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Contact your Marketing Representative for additional information.

        |E| A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
        |8| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
        |C|
        | |
FEAT/PN | |        DESCRIPTION
--------|-|----------------------------------------------------------
0010    |A| One CSC Billing Unit
0011    |A| Ten CSC Billing Units
0265    |A| AIX Partition Specify
0266    |A| Linux Partition Specify
0275    |S| CSC Specify
0348    |A| V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0353    |A| V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0359    |A| X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0456    |S| Customer Specified Placement
0462    |A| SSD Placement Indicator - CEC
0464    |S| SSD Placement Indicator - 5886
0551    |A| 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
0553    |A| 19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
0599    |A| Rack Filler Panel Kit
0837    |A| SAN Load Source Specify
0983    |A| US TAA Compliance Indicator
1106    |S| USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive
1107    |A| USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
1140    |A| Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA
1751    |A| 900GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1752    |A| 900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1775    |S| 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
1790    |A| 600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1793    |S| 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
1818    |A| Quantity 150 of #1964
1828    |A| 1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
1841    |A| 3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
1854    |A| 10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable
1861    |A| 0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1866    |A| Quantity 150 of #1917
1869    |A| Quantity 150 of #1925
1878    |S| Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/2.5" DASD
1880    |A| 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1882    |S| 146.8GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1883    |S| 73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1885    |A| 300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive
1886    |A| 146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive
1887    |S| Quantity 150 of #1793
1890    |S| 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
1917    |A| 146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1925    |A| 300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1929    |A| Quantity 150 of #1953
1953    |A| 300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1964    |A| 600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1995    |S| 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (AIX/Linux)
2054    |A| PCIe RAID & SSD SAS .2.1 has the Adapter 3Gb
2146    |A| Primary OS - AIX
2147    |A| Primary OS - Linux
2325    |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8332
2456    |A| 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2459    |A| 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2728    |A| 4 port USB PCIe Adapter
2893    |S| PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
2934    |A| 3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936    |A| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M
3124    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7M
3125    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8M
3457    |A| SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3458    |A| SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3586    |S| 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
3632    |A| Widescreen LCD Monitor
3647    |S| 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3648    |S| 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3649    |S| 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3652    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
3653    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
3654    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
3661    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3M:
3662    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6M:
3663    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15M:
3668    |A| SAS Cable, DASD Backplane to Rear Bulkhead
3679    |A| SAS Cable (AI)- Adapter to Internal drive 1M
3681    |A| 3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
3682    |A| 6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
3684    |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 3M
3685    |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 6M
3686    |S| SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 1.5M
3687    |A| SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3M
3691    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 1.5 M
3692    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3 M
3693    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6 M
3694    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15 M
3925    |A| 0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3926    |S| Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
3927    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
3928    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
3930    |A| System Serial Port Converter Cable
4242    |A| 1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell
        | |to 15-pin D-shell)
4256    |A| Extender Cable - USB KEYB1.8
4276    |A| VGA to DVI Connection Converter
4526    |A| 8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
4527    |A| 16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
One and only one rack indicator features is required on
all orders (#4650 to #4666).
4650    |S| Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated
4651    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4660    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #10
4661    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #11
4662    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #12
4663    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #13
4664    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #14
4665    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #15
4666    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #16
4764    |S| PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
4807    |A| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
5289    |A| 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
5524    |S| RFID TAGS FOR SERVERS, BLADES, BLADECENTERS, RACKS, AND
        | |HMCS
5609    |A| GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach
5613    |A| Dual Port (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet 10Gb Daughter
        | |Card
5624    |A| 4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
5646    |S| Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCIe, Short Slot
5647    |S| Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot
5706    |A| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5708    |A| 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
5713    |A| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
5717    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter
5732    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter
5735    |A| 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5748    |A| POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator
5759    |S| 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5762    |S| SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
5767    |A| 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter
5768    |A| 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter
5769    |A| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter
5771    |A| SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
5772    |A| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter
5774    |A| 4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5785    |A| 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
5805    |A| PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5886    |S| EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
5887    |A| EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
5899    |A| PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
5901    |A| PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter
5903    |S| PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5923    |A| Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID Indicator
5951    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
5952    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
5953    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
5954    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
5955    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
5956    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
5957    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
5958    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
5959    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
5960    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
5961    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
5962    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
5964    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
5965    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
5966    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
5967    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
5968    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
5969    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
5970    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
5971    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
5972    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
5973    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
5974    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
5975    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
5976    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
5977    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
5978    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
5979    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
5980    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
5981    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
5982    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
5983    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
6068    |A| Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
6069    |A| Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
6248    |A| 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
6249    |A| 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
6263    |A| 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
6272    |A| 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
6458    |A| Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
6460    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
6469    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A),
        | |U. S.
6470    |A| Power Cord 1.8m(6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)
6471    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
6472    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6473    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6474    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A)
6475    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6476    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6477    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6478    |A| Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6487    |S| Power Cord 1.8M (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United
        | |States
6488    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or
        | |250V, 10A )
6489    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A Power Cord
6491    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A Pwr Cord
6492    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A Pwr Cord
6493    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6494    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6496    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6577    |S| Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A
6580    |A| Optional Rack Security Kit
6586    |A| Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
6651    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
6654    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord
6655    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord
6656    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord
6659    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6660    |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
6665    |A| Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6669    |A| Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6671    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6672    |A| Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6680    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6808    |S| PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA No IOP
7109    |A| Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
7118    |A| Environmental Monitoring Probe
7188    |A| Power Distribution Unit
7535    |S| Quantity 150 of #3586
7549    |S| Quantity 150 of #3647
7550    |A| Quantity 150 of #1790
7564    |S| Quantity 150 of #3648
7565    |S| Quantity 150 of #3649
7740    |S| Power Supply, 1725 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base or Redundant
7802    |A| Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System
        | |Unit
7863    |S| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type III
8143    |S| Linux Software Preinstall
8144    |S| Linux Software Preinstall (Business Partners)
8332    |A| 8-core 3.3 GHz POWER7 Processor Card
8340    |S| Enhanced DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape
        | |with External SAS Port
8845    |A| USB Mouse
9169    |S| Order Routing Indicator- System Plant
9300    |S| Language Group Specify - US English
9359    |A| specify mode-1 1(1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9360    |A| Specify mode-1 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9361    |A| Specify mode-2 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9367    |A| Specify mode-1 1(2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
9368    |A| Specify mode-2 1(4)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
9384    |A| Specify mode-1 & CEC SAS port for EXP24 #5887
9440    |S| New AIX License Core Counter
9442    |S| New Red Hat License Core Counter
9443    |S| New SUSE License Core Counter
9444    |S| Other AIX License Core Counter
9445    |S| Other Linux License Core Counter
9446    |S| 3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
9447    |S| VIOS Core Counter
9461    |S| Month Indicator
9462    |S| Day Indicator
9463    |S| Hour Indicator
9464    |S| Minute Indicator
9465    |S| Qty Indicator
9466    |S| Countable Member Indicator
9700    |S| Language Group Specify - Dutch
9703    |S| Language Group Specify - French
9704    |S| Language Group Specify - German
9705    |S| Language Group Specify - Polish
9706    |S| Language Group Specify - Norwegian
9707    |S| Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708    |S| Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711    |S| Language Group Specify - Italian
9712    |S| Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714    |S| Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715    |S| Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716    |S| Language Group Specify - Korean
9718    |S| Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719    |S| Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720    |S| Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721    |S| Language Group Specify - Russian
9722    |S| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724    |S| Language Group Specify - Czech
9725    |S| Language Group Specify -- Romanian
9726    |S| Language Group Specify - Croatian
9727    |S| Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
9728    |S| Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
9729    |S| Language Group Specify - Thai
EC01    |A| Rack Front Door (Black)
EC02    |A| Rack Rear Door
EC03    |A| Rack Side Cover
EC04    |A| Rack Suite Attachment Kit
EC15    |A| Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Meter Slim Rack
ECSM    |A| Custom Service Specify, Mexico
EH10    |A| 387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for AIX/Linux
EH14    |A| GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0C 387GB SSD
EJ27    |A| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
EK51    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
EK52    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
EK53    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
EK54    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
EK55    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
EK56    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
EK57    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
EK58    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
EK59    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
EK60    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
EK61    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
EK62    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
EK64    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
EK65    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
EK66    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
EK67    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
EK68    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
EK69    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
EK70    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
EK71    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
EK72    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
EK73    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
EK74    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
EK75    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
EK76    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
EK77    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
EK78    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
EK79    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
EK80    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
EK81    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
EK82    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
EK83    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
ELC0    |A| PDU Access Cord 0.38m
EM08    |A| 8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
EM16    |A| 16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
EM32    |A| 32GB (2x16GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
EN27    |A| 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
EPA1    |A| 8-core 3.6 GHz POWER7 Processor Card
EPF1    |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPA1
EQ52    |A| Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)
ER05    |A| 42U Slim Rack
ES0A    |S| 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ES0C    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ES0E    |A| 775GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0G    |A| 775GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES10    |A| 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES19    |A| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESC0    |S| S&H - No Charge
ESC7    |S| S&H
ESD1    |A| 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
ESD3    |A| 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
ESRA    |S| Four ES0A 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ESRC    |S| Four ES0C 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
EU01    |A| 1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
EU03    |A| RDX USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk
        | |Cartridge
EU04    |S| RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk
        | |Cartridge
EU08    |A| RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
EU15    |A| 1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
EU16    |S| 80/160GB DAT160 USB Tape Drive
EU2T    |A| 2TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (RDX)
 

Feature descriptions

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order for the IBM Power Systems 8236 machine type.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0010) - One CSC Billing Unit

One Billing Unit used by the Customer Solution Center.

  • Attributes provided: One CSC Billing Unit
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0010)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0011) - Ten CSC Billing Units

Ten Billing Units used by the Customer Solutions Center.

  • Attributes provided: Ten CSC Billing Units
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0011)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0265) AIX Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the AIX operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended AIX partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the AIX operating system.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0265)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 320)
    • OS level required:
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific AIX releases supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0266) Linux Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the Linux operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended Linux partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the Linux operating system.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0266)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 320)
    • OS level required:
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific Linux releases supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0275) CSC Specify

(No Longer Available as of October 12, 2010)

Having #0275 on the order, will cause the order content to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0275)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1PO (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0348) V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or a EIA232 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0348)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 120 (Initial order maximum: 120)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0353) V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.35 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0353)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0359) X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a X.21 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0359)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0456) Customer Specified Placement

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

  1. Requests that IBM deliver the system to the customer according to the slot in drawer hardware placement defined by the account team.

  2. Eliminates the need to have these parts relocated in the customers environment as may happen if the order is placed without this feature code.

  3. Client placement specifications are collected using the System Planning Tool (SPT) and processed through the marketing configurator. (Use of the SPT is not required).

  4. Requires account team to submit the output of the marketing configurator into IBM manufacturing via the CSP website
    http://www.ibm.com/eserver/power/csp

    Note: (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)

  5. Requires account team to assure that the marketing configurator output submitted reflects the actual order placed.
  • Attributes provided: I/O component placement
  • Attributes required: Marketing Configurator output submitted to the CSP website. (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0456)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0462) SSD Placement Indicator - CEC

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0462)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0464) SSD Placement Indicator - 5886

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0464)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0551) 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack

Provides a 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack with 36 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. One of the following features are required on the #0551:

  • #6068 - Optional Front Door for 1.8m Rack
  • #6246 - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
  • #6248 - 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors

The following features are also orderable on the #0551:

  • #0599 - Rack Filler Panel Kit
  • #6580 - Optional Rack Security Kit
  • #7840 - Side-By-Side for 1.8m Racks
  • #7841 - Ruggedize Rack Kit

The #0551 can support up to eight PDUs, four mounted vertically and four mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

  • #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 1.8M, 36 EIA Rack
  • Attributes required: #6068 or #6246 or #6248.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0551)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This feature is not orderable.

(#0553) 19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack

Provides a 19-inch, 2.0 meter high rack with 42 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. One of the following features are required on the #0553:

  • #6069 - Optional Front Door for 2.0m Rack
  • #6247 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
  • #6249 - 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors

The #0553 can support up to nine power distribution units (PDU), four mounted vertically and five mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

  • #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 2.0M, 42 EIA Rack
  • Attributes required: #6069 or #6247 or #6249
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0553)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This feature is not orderable.

(#0599) Rack Filler Panel Kit

Provides rack filler panels for IBM 19-inch racks. The #0599 provides three 1-EIA -unit filler panels and one 3-EIA-unit filler panel. These are snap-on panels.

  • Attributes provided: Snap on rack filler panels
  • Attributes required: 19-inch rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0599)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0837) SAN Load Source Specify

Indicates that a SAN drive is being used as the Load Source for the operating system.

  • Attributes provided: SAN load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: Fibre Channel adapter or Fibre Channel over Ethernet Adapter
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0837)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0983) US TAA Compliance Indicator

This feature indicates that the product was assembled in a manufacturing plant in the USA or in a country approved under the US Trade Agreement Act.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#0983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1106) - USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive

Provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in a #1123, #1103 or #1104 docking station. 160 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be 320 GB. Compression/ decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1106 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 160 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
  • Attributes required: One #1123, #1103 or #1104
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1106)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: See RDX Docking Station
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1107) - USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive

Provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in a #1123, #1103 or #1104 docking station. 500 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be 1000 GB. Compression/ decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1107 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 500 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
  • Attributes required: One #1123, #1103 or #1104
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1107)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: See RDX Docking Station
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1140) - Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA

Having #1140 on the order, will cause the order to be routed to Rochester and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1140)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1751) - 900GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

900GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen-1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in most POWER7 system units or the #5802/5803 I/O drawers. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

The drive can be reformatted to 528 byte sectors and then used by IBM i/AIX/Linux/VIOS

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 900GB of disk storage mounted in a gen-1 carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1751)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - supported
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 1, or later, with current maintenance updates available from SUSE to enable all planned functionality
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 4, or later, with current maintenance updates available from SUSE to enable all planned functionality
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 for POWER, or later

      Users should also update their systems with the latest Linux for Power service and productivity tools available at

      http://www.ibm.com/support/customercare/sas/f/lopdiags/home.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.1.0, or later

(#1752) - 900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

900GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen-2 carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

The drive can be reformatted to 528 byte sectors and then used by IBM i/AIX/Linux/VIOS

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC SFF bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 900GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF (SFF-2) SAS GEN2 drive bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1752)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - supported
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 1, or later, with current maintenance updates available from SUSE to enable all planned functionality
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 4, or later, with current maintenance updates available from SUSE to enable all planned functionality
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 for POWER, or later

      Users should also update their systems with the latest Linux for Power service and productivity tools available at

      http://www.ibm.com/support/customercare/sas/f/lopdiags/home.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.1.0, or later.

(#1775) - 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm.

The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1775) and IBM i (#1787). #1775 and #1787 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or system unit SAS bays. CCIN is 58B3.

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
  • Attributes required: One SFF-1 SAS bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1775)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 10, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1790) - 600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

600GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen-1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in most POWER7 system units or the #5802/5803 I/O drawers. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 600GB of disk storage mounted in a Gen-1 carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1790)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02 or later

(#1793) - 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm.

The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1793) and IBM i (#1794). #1793 and #1794 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF-2 or gen2 SAS bays such as provided in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B4.

Limitation: can not be used in Gen1 Bays such as the #5802/5803 12X PCIe I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 177 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a SFF Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: One Gen2 SFF SAS drive bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1793)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • .AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 10, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1818) - Quantity 150 of #1964

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1964 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1964
  • Attributes required: see feature #1964
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1818)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 for the POWER Server, or later,
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 for the Power Server
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1828) 1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable

This cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 1.5 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

  • Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
  • Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1828)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1841) 3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable

This cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 3 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

  • Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
  • Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1841)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: IBM i - not supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1854) 10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable

This cable is an enhanced 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 10 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

  • Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
  • Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1854)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required:
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES:

(#1861) 0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable

When used with a 24-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter DDR cable is used as a jumper between the two halves of the I/O Drawer when both halves are included in the same 12X loop.

  • Attributes provided: 0.6 Meter 12X DDR cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1861)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Use with #5796, Do not use for looping #5802.

(#1866) - Quantity 150 of #1917

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1917 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1917
  • Attributes required: see feature #1917
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1866)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 for the Power 755 Server, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 for the Power 755 Server
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.1.2.11 with Fix Pack 22.1 and Service Pack 1, or later

(#1869) - Quantity 150 of #1925

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1925 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1925
  • Attributes required: see feature #1925
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1869)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1878) Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/2.5" DASD

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature provides a cable that connects the system's operator panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a rack-mount drawer with 2.5" DASD.

  • Attributes provided: Cable connecting op panel to DASD backplane
  • Attributes required: SFF disk drive. DASD backplane with external SAS port.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1878)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1880) - 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

300 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-1 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer or POWER7 system unit. Disk is formatted for 512 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19A1.

Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-2 bays such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 300GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-1 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-1 drive bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1880)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, with the 7100-01 Technology level or later
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1, with the 6100-07 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 6 for Power, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 for Power, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1882) 146.8GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

146.8GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SSF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 146.8GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1882)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1883) 73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of April 29, 2011)

73.4 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector
  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1883)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1885) 300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive

300GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. The disk supports the industry standard SAS interface. Systems that accept SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier accommodate this SAS disk.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SSF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 300GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1885)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1886) 146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive

146.8 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector
  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1886)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1887) - Quantity 150 of #1793

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1793 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux) units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1793
  • Attributes required: see feature #1793
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1887)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 for the POWER Server, or later,
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 for the Power Server
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1890) 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

The 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1890) and IBM i (#1909). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

  • Connector - standard SAS dual port
  • 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
  • 528 bytes sectors Power System
  • Attributes provided: 69.7 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a SFF carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS drive bay in the 8203-E4A or 8204-E8A CEC or available SFF SAS bay in 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk. SAS Disk and SSD on same backplane is not supported.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1890)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1917) - 146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

146GB SFF 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) mounted in Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 146GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen-2 carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1917)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1925) - 300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

300GB SFF 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux). Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 300GB SFF disk drive mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF Gen-2 bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1925)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1929) - Quantity 150 of #1953

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1953 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1953
  • Attributes required: see feature #1953
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1929)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, with the 7100-01 Technology level or later
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1, with the 6100-07 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 6 for Power, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 for Power, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1953) - 300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

300 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19B1.

Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer

  • Attributes provided: 300GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-2 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 drive bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, with the 7100-01 Technology level or later
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1, with the 6100-07 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 6 for Power, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 for Power, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • supported in #5887

(#1964) - 600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

600GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen-2 carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC SFF bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 600GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF (SFF-2) SAS GEN2 drive bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1964)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1995) - 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The Solid State Drive (SSD) Module is a compact storage device about the size of a fat credit card which is placed in a socket of the #2053, #2054 or #2055 PCIe RAID & SAS Adapater. It is shipped from IBM with RAID formatting to provide 177 GB capacity for AIX/IBM i/Linux. Reformatted as JBOD under AIX/Linux provides 200 GB capacity but drops the extra protection RAID formatting provides.

Feature #1995 and #1996 are physically identical with CCIN = 58B2, but two features are used to allow IBM configurator tools to understand usage by either AIX/Linux or IBM i. #1995 indicates AIX/ Linux usage.

The #1995/1996 uses Enterprise Multi-Level Cell (eMLC) technology, to provide extremely reliable, cost effective, dense SSD storage. The 1.8" SSD module contains a NAND flash controller that provides a 3Gbit/sec SATA interface. Parallel access to 16 flash sites allows overlapped, multi-block access to complete data transfer requests rapidly. An embedded super capacitor ensures data integrity during power fail scenarios.

  • Attributes provided: 177GB (RAID) or 200GB(JBOD) formatted SSD Module
  • Attributes required: Available socket on the following controllers #2053, #2054 or #2055 PCIe RAID & SAS Adapter. Limit is 1, 2, 3 or 4 on each controller.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#1995)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later (available 9/30/2010)
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later (available 9/30/2010)
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later (available 9/30/2010)
      • IBM i not supported
      • SuSE Linux Enterprise Server Version 10, Service Pack 3 or later
      • SuSE Linux Enterprise Server Version 11, Service Pack 1 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Requires available socket on #2054
    • Max 4 per PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter
    • Minimum of 1, 2 or 4 is required
    • Supports VIOS attachment version 2.2 or later

(#2054) - PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb

PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3GB is a double-wide, short, PCIE-8x, Solid State Drive (SSD) module controller. Each adapter has four slots and each slot can hold a SSD feature modules. Two feature SDD modules are available. #1995 for AIX/Linux and #1996 for IBM i Initial orders require a minimum of 1 SSD feature module and can be increased to 2 or 4 modules. 3 SSD modules on one adapter is not supported. SSD modules must be either all #1995 or all #1996. There are no external ports and no cables of any type attach/connect to PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter.

The PCIe adapter provides RAID 0, 5 or 6 is for AIX and Linux for SSD modules on the PCIe adapter. It provides RAID 5 or 6 for IBM i. Mirroring is supported on all OS types. If RAID 0 is used, the modules must be mirrored. The PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter does not provide write cache.

SSD modules can not be added/removed/replaced until the PCIe adapter is removed from the PCIe slot.

Though the electronics are identical and there is one CCIN (57CD), there are three feature codes for the adapter: #2053 Low Profile non- cassette for use in CECs with low profile slots, #2054 non-cassette with tail stock for a full regular height PCIe slot, and #2055 with Blind Swap Cassette for use in #5802 or #5877 PCIe I/ O drawers. There are also #4367 and #4377 which are packages shipping five PCIe adapters and twenty SSD modules.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb with 4 SSD slots
  • Attributes required: Two adjacent PCIe slots, each #2053 requires 1, 2 or 4 SSD #1995 or #1996
  • For 8236-E8C: (#2054)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later (planned availability: Sept 30, 2010)
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later (planned availability: Sept 30, 2010)
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later (planned availability: Sept 30, 2010)
      • IBM i 7.1 not supported
      • SuSE Linux Enterprise Server Version 10, Service Pack 3 or later
      • SuSE Linux Enterprise Server Version 11, Service Pack 1 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Assignment of adapter to the VIOS requires VIOS 2.2 or later.

(#2146) Primary OS - AIX

Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#2146)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • No Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2147) Primary OS - Linux

Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#2147)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • No AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2325) Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8332

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with a qualifying IBM Edition.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #8332
  • Attributes required: Qualifying IBM Edition
  • For 8236-E8C: (#2325)
    • Minimum required: 32
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2456) 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 50 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#2456)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2459) 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 62.5 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#2459)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2728) 4 port USB PCIe Adapter

The PCI-Express 4 port USB adapter provides support for USB devices. In applications that require the use of an USB extension cable, use one FC 4256 per port.

  • Attributes provided: Connectivity with USB 1.0 - 2.0 capable devices
  • Attributes required: One available PCI-Express slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#2728)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

  • CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX or Linux.
  • Not supported under IBM i.
  • AIX only supports USB 1.1
  • Feature 2728 requires system firmware level EM340 or later.

(#2893) PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem

(No Longer Available as of April 13, 2009)

The #2893 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem PCIe adapter. This feature is the non-CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version offered in all countries except Australia and New Zealand.

Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion.

Port 0 does not provide Sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP). Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols, including synchronous operations.

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):

  • #1010 Modem Cable - Austria
  • #1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
  • #1012 Modem Cable - Africa
  • #1013 Modem Cable - Israel (supported only, not orderable)
  • #1014 Modem Cable - Italy
  • #1015 Modem Cable - France
  • #1016 Modem Cable - Germany
  • #1017 Modem Cable - UK
  • #1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
  • #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
  • #1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
  • #1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
  • #1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
  • #1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
  • #1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable (ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter) Multiple #0367 cables can be ordered but only one per #2893) to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized. ECS is supported from both the modem port, and the RVX port.

The following cable is required to support ECS from the RVX port:

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable

The #2893 does not support the remote ring indicate function.

  • Attributes provided: One PCIe slot
  • Attributes required: Modem
  • For 8236-E8C: (#2893)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • No AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under Linux. Not supported under AIX or IBM i.

(#2934) 3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports.

  • Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
  • Attributes required: Any Asynchronous port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#2934)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2936) Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M

Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly. The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.

  • Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port
  • Attributes required: Async or serial port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#2936)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3124) Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7M

This 3.7 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted within the same rack. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3124)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3125) Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8M

This 8 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3125)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3457) - SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 15 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter or #ESA1/ESA2 PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3457)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3458) - SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

This 15 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter or #ESA1/ESA2 PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3458)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3586) 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

The 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#3586) and IBM i (#3587). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

  • Connector - standard SAS dual port
  • 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
  • 528 bytes sectors Power System
  • Attributes provided: 69.7GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a 3.5-inch carrier
  • Attributes required: One 3.5-inch SAS drive bay slot in the #5886 EXP 12S SAS Disk Drawer or 8234-EMA/9117-MMA CEC
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3586)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3632) Widescreen LCD Monitor

The Widescreen LCD Monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Black color
  • Minimum 533mm (21 inch) diagonal LCD digital screen
  • Maximum native resolution of 1680 x 1050 (widescreen format 1.6:1)
  • Can display traditional resolutions (1024x768 and 1280x1024) without stretching
  • Tilt, swivel, and height stand adjustments
  • Industry standard analog input (15-pin D) and a DVI to VGA converter
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3632)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3647) 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

146.8GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 146.8GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS Drive Slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3647)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 156 (Initial order maximum: 156)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Not supported in CEC System maximum of 156 under AIX or Linux is combined total for FC 3647, 3648 and 3649. Not supported under IBM i.

(#3648) 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

300GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 300GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 300GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS Drive Slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3648)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 156 (Initial order maximum: 156)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Not supported in CEC System maximum of 156 under AIX or Linux is combined total for features 3647, 3648 and 3649. Not supported under IBM i.

(#3649) 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Attached SAS DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 450GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with re- format.
  • Attributes provided: 450GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SAS disk drive bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3649)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 156 (Initial order maximum: 156)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Not supported in CEC System maximum of 156 under AIX or Linux is combined total for features 3647, 3648 and 3649. Not supported under IBM i.

(#3652) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 1 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3652)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3653) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 3 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3653)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3654) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 6 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3661) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 3M:

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 2.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3661)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3662) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 6M:

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 5.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3662)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3663) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 15M:

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 14.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3663)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3668) SAS Cable, DASD Backplane to Rear Bulkhead

This SAS cable connects the DASD Backplane with External SAS Port (#8345) to the rear bulkhead of the system and allows for connection of external SAS EXP 12S (#5886) to the system.

  • Attributes provided: Cable
  • Attributes required: Feature number 8345
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3668)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3679) SAS Cable (AI)- Adapter to Internal drive 1M

This SAS cable (AI) connects a SAS Adapter to a bulkhead port for accessing internal SAS disks. It is 1 meter long. This cable has two Mini SAS 4x plug connectors, and is wired in 4x mode. Both ends are keyed for attachment to an END DEVICE.

  • Attributes provided: SAS 4x Cable
  • Attributes required: feature to create the internal disk port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3679)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3681) 3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)

The dedicated 2:6 cable connects between the dedicated top port on #5904, #5906 or #5908 for a SAS RAID Dual controller configuration providing (higher performance) path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.

If the cable fails or is disconnected for some reason, then the "traditional" dual controller communication path via the SAS fabric (i.e. through the common disk expanders) is used for the adapter-to-adapter communication (mirror Write Cache, Parity Update footprints, etc...). This cable provides higher performance and redundancy. The cable is required for dual SAS RAID configuration. It is not required nor used for a single SAS RAID adapter (standalone) configuration.

  • Attributes provided: Higher performance path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.
  • Attributes required: Two of any combination of the following SAS RAID adapters #5904, #5906 or 5908.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3681)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Requires one per paired SAS RAID controller in any combination of #5904, #5906 or #5908. These controllers can also function as a single SAS RAID controller without the cable. VIOS 2.1.1.0 or later.

(#3682) 6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)

The dedicated 2:6 cable connects between the dedicated top port on #5904, #5906 or #5908 for a SAS RAID Dual controller configuration providing (higher performance) path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.

If the cable fails or is disconnected for some reason, then the "traditional" dual controller communication path via the SAS fabric (i.e. through the common disk expanders) is used for the adapter-to-adapter communication (mirror Write Cache, Parity Update footprints, etc...). This cable provides higher performance and redundancy. The cable is required for dual SAS RAID configuration. It is not required nor used for a single SAS RAID adapter (standalone) configuration.

  • Attributes provided: Higher performance path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.
  • Attributes required: Two of any combination of the following SAS RAID adapters #5904, #5906 or 5908.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3682)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: NA
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Requires one per paired SAS RAID controller in any combination of #5904, #5906 or #5908. These controllers can also function as a single SAS RAID controller without the cable. VIOS 2.1.1.0 or later.

(#3684) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 3M

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For AIX and Linux, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3684)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3685) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 6M

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For the AIX and Linux operating systems, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3685)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3686) SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5M

(No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011)

This SAS cable (YI) connects a single remote SAS drawer to a host system that contains an integrated SAS controller connection. There are a limited number of Power System severs that can support this configuration. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the host end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow both wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YI) cable length that matches the distance between the host system and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between host system native SAS connector and a remote SAS drawer
  • Attributes required: Host system with native SAS connector
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3686)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3687) SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3M

This SAS cable (YI) connects a single remote SAS drawer to a host system that contains an integrated SAS controller connection. There are a limited number of Power System severs that can support this configuration. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the host end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow both wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YI) cable length that matches the distance between the host system and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between host system native SAS connector and a remote SAS drawer
  • Attributes required: Host system with native SAS connector
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3687)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3691) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3691)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3692) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3692)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3693) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3693)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3694) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3694)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3925) 0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin

This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

  • Attributes provided: 9-Pin to 25-Pin connectivity
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3925)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3926) Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This 4-meter cable and transposer (2 parts) allows external async devices such as printers or terminals to be attached directly to the 9-pin serial port. This is equivalent to using #3925 in combination with #2934.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3926)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3927) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M

This 3.7 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3927)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3928) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3928)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3930) - System Serial Port Converter Cable

This cable is used to connect the System port/UPS Conversion Cable (#1827) to the CEC serial port. Also used to connect an ASCII terminal or modem to the serial port which is physically an RJ45 connection on the Power 710/720/730/740 system unit .

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of #1827 to CEC serial port; attachment of ASCII terminal or modem to the serial port.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#3930)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4242) 1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)

This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable
  • Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4242)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4256) Extender Cable-USB KEYB1.8

This feature provides a 2M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

  • Attributes provided: 2M Extension Cable
  • Attributes required: USB Keyboard
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4256)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4276) VGA to DVI Connection Converter

This feature is a plug converter that will allow a Video device with a 15 pin D-shell VGA cable plug (such as a KVM switch) to connect to a graphics adapter with a 28 pin D-shell DVI receptacle connector. This device has both a 28 pin D-Shell DVI plug and a 15 pin D-shell VGA receptacle.

  • Attributes provided: VGA to DVI connection converter
  • Attributes required: VGA device and graphics adapter with DVI connector.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4276)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 250 (Initial order maximum: 9999)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4526) 8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2014)

Provides 8GB of system memory with two 4GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 8GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM slots
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4526)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4527) 16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2014)

Provides 16GB of system memory with two 8GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 16GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4527)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

One and only one rack indicator features is required on

all orders (#4650 to #4666).

(#4650) Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device in this initial order should not be merged into a rack within IBM Manufacturing.

Note: This "no additional charge" feature will be placed on an initial order for a rack mountable device by the Configuration Tool when the order does not include a 19" Rack.

Note: A rack integration indicator is required on all 19" Rack mountable device initial orders. One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

  • Attributes provided: System will not be shipped in a rack.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4650)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4651) Rack Indicator, Rack #1

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the first rack for a multi rack order, or the only rack for a single rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #1.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack Integration/ Rack Specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4651)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4652) Rack Indicator, Rack #2

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the second rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #2 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack Integration/Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4652)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4653) Rack Indicator, Rack #3

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the third rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #3 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4653)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4654) Rack Indicator, Rack #4

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #4 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4655) Rack Indicator, Rack #5

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #5 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4655)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4656) Rack Indicator, Rack #6

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #6 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4656)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4657) Rack Indicator, Rack #7

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the seventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #7 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4657)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4658) Rack Indicator, Rack #8

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eighth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #8 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4658)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4659) Rack Indicator, Rack #9

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the ninth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #9 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4659)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4660) Rack Indicator, Rack #10

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the tenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #10 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4660)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4661) Rack Indicator, Rack #11

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eleventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #11 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4661)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4662) Rack Indicator, Rack #12

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the twelfth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #12 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4662)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4663) Rack Indicator, Rack #13

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the thirteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #13 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4663)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4664) Rack Indicator, Rack #14

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #14 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4664)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4665) Rack Indicator, Rack #15

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #15 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4665)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4666) Rack Indicator, Rack #16

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #16 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4666)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4764) PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)

(No Longer Available as of April 13, 2009)

Provides both cryptographic coprocessor and secure-key cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCI-X card. The coprocessor functions are targeted to banking and finance applications. Financial PIN processing and Europay, MasterCard, Visa (EMV) credit card functions are provided. EMV is a standard for integrated-chip based credit cards. The secure-key accelerator functions are targeted to improving the performance of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) transactions. The #4764 provides the security and performance required to support eBusiness and emerging digital signature applications. Host application access to the cryptographic services of the #4764 are via the Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) application programming interfaces (APIs) or additionally via Public-Key Cryptographic Standards (PKCS#11) APIs. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card.

The #4764 provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper resistant hardware security module (HSM), which is designed to meet FIPS 140 security requirements. FIPS 140 is a US Government National Instiute of Standards & Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules.

Feature 4764 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4) users will be able to down load firmware for AIX from the following URL replacing the firmware CD previously provided.

Refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates

http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/
  • Attributes provided:
    • Cryptographic Accelerator Function
    • EMV-Based Credit Card Function
    • CCA API Host Support, and PKCS#11 API.
  • Attributes required:
    • One PCI-X card slot per 4764 FC.
    • Note: Only one API (CCA or PKCS11 but not both) can be loaded per 4764 Feature.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4764)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 2 under AIX. Not supported by IBM i or Linux. Validate that software components which provide SSL are enabled to use hardware cryptographic devices through the PKCS#11 or CCA API's. If assistance is needed in determining if the device will meet your needs, contact crypto@us.ibm.com.

(#4807) - PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001

Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security-sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe 4x full height - short card.

#4807, #4808 and #4809 are all feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4765, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #4807 indicates no blind swap cassette. #4808 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette. #4809 indicates a Gen 4 blind swap cassette.

Other IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

  • Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higher reliability
  • Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture or PKCS#11 standand
  • Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
  • Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard and Visa
  • Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
  • PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
  • Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

Refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates.

http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/
  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic and Accelerator Function
  • Attributes required: One PCIe Cryptographic CoProcessor card slot per adapter
  • For 8236-E8C: (#4807)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM 7.1, or later
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • No Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Max of 2 #4807 in CEC

(#5289) - 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

Adapter provides connection for 2 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. Two RJ45 connections are located on the rear of the adapter. To attach to devices using a 9-pin (DB9) connection, use an RJ45-to-DB9 converter. For convenience, one converter is included with this feature. One converter for each connector needing a DB9 connector is needed.

The converter cable shipped with the feature is a 10-pin RJ-45 approximately 30 cm or 1 foot in length. 10-pin is often used for DCE devices like modems. DTE devices may be able to use fewer pin connections. Multiple RJ-45 pin out options are used and sold across the industry. The #3930 feature provides an 8-pin RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable. If an addition 10-pin RJ45-to-DB9 connector like the cable provided with the adapter is desired, it is commonly available from multiple sources and identified as a serial cable with a Digi part number 76000239. It is also possible to look up the cable's pin out specifications and build your own cables.

Note: #5289 and # 5290 are physically and electrically identical adapters except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 2-port #5289/5290 is functionally nearly identical to the 4-port #5785/5277 except for the number and type of connectors.

Limitation: As of 2012, IBM i does not support PPP protocol. Also IBM i only supports use on POWER7 and POWER7+ servers.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 2x RJ45 connectors, one RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable

  • Attributes required: 1 full high PCIe Slot

  • For 8236-E8C: (#5289)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 5
      • IBM i 7.1. or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 for POWER, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP4 for POWER Systems, or later

      Additional driver is required to be installed for the above Linux levels. For detail problem description and instructions, visit

      http://www14.software.ibm.com/webapp/set2/sas/f
      /lopdiags/info/LinuxAlerts.html
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5524) RFID TAGS FOR SERVERS, BLADES, BLADECENTERS, RACKS, AND HMCS

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The specify feature attaches one Radio Frequency Identification Device (RFID) tag to a Server CEC, rack, HMC, Blade or Bladecenter enclosure. This can be used with MTM (machine type model) rack such as a 7014-T42, not a feature code rack such as a #0553. It applies to newly shipped MTM servers, racks, HMCs, Blades or Bladecenter enclosures, not MES orders with one exception. POWER5 CECs being upgraded to a POWER6 CEC can order this feature. The RFID tag meets the Financial Services Technology Consortium (FSTC) specifications for IT Data Center Asset Tracking.

  • Attributes provided: RFIDs
  • Attributes required: Server CEC, Blade, Bladecenter, MTM Rack, or HMC
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5524)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5609) GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach

GX Dual-port -12X Channel Adapter, provides two 12X connections for 12X Channel applications. This adapter allows the attachment of I/O Drawers designed for the 12X Channel. The adapter plugs into a GX++ bus slot in a system enclosure. The 12X Channel is connected in a loop and uses both connectors on the adapter. Up to four I/O Drawers can be attached in a single loop. This adapter must be used with the 12X cables. The #5609 adapter provides up to twice the data rate capability as the #5616 12X adapter.

Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplished by using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828, #1841 or #1854.

This feature is used to attach the #5802 PCIe 12 X I/O Drawer to the 8203-E4A and 8204-E8A.

  • Attributes provided: Two 12X channel remote I/O ports
  • Attributes required: Available GX++ slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5609)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5613) Dual Port (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet 10Gb Daughter Card

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides two 10 Gb Short Range Ethernet optical connection that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure.

One of the features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems.

  • Attributes provided: Two 10Gb (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet Connections
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5613)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Not available in Haiti.

(#5624) 4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides four 1 Gb Short Range Ethernet connections (RJ-45) that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure.

One of the features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems

  • Attributes provided: Four 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Connections
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5624)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Not available in Haiti.

(#5646) Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCIe, Short Slot

(No Longer Available as of April 13, 2009)

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for one, single width PCI Express or PCI-X adapter designed to meet the "short" adapter size defined in the PCI Standard and used in a slot defined as a "short" slot. Use FC #5647 for PCI adapters that are mounted in a "standard" length PCI slot.

  • Attributes provided: Mounting Hardware for a short PCI slot
  • Attributes required: Empty PCI slot - Short
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5646)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5647) Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot

(No Longer Available as of April 13, 2009)

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for one, single width PCI Express adapter or PCI-X adapter that will be mounted in a Standard Length PCI slot. It includes the necessary hardware to mount various sizes of single width PCI adapters that may be less than standard size. Use FC #5646 for PCI adapters that are mounted in "short" PCI slots.

  • Attributes provided: Mounting Hardware for a standard length PCI slot
  • Attributes required: Empty PCI slot - Standard Length
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5647)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5706) IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5706) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5701) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5706)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 2 under AIX or Linux.

(#5708) - 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter

10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (#5708) is a high-performance, 10 Gb, dual port, PCIe Converged Network Adapter (CNA) utilizing SR optics. Each port can provide NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. CCIN is 2B3B See also feature #5270 for the identical adapter except it has a low profile tail stock.

Highlights

  • PCIe 2.0 adapter with x8 Gen 1
  • Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) supported
  • SR optical transceiver with LC connection provides up to 300m cable length
  • Non-volatile error log on the adapter
  • Supported with AIX and Linux and VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC.
  • Supported with IBM i under VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC
  • SAN and Network boot support for AIX, Linux
  • Requires FCoCEE capable switches for full FC+Ethernet capability. Ethernet only functionality if attached to ordinary Ethernet switch.
  • Utilizes existing cabling that supports 10 Gb SR
  • Based on Qlogic Converged Network Adapter (CNA)
  • NPIV support requires VIOS for all OS environments

Configuration maximum when used for NIC traffic (not Fibre Channel usage)

  • Recommended performance Max assuming high utilization, One adapter per four active processors cores.
  • Recommended connectivity Max assuming high utilization, two adapters per one physical processor core.
  • Attributes provided: 10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
  • Attributes required: Open PCIe slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5708)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
      • Not supported under SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11
      • No IBM i support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX and Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5713) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5713)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of 2 allowed in CEC and system under AIX or Linux.

(#5717) 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 1, 2014)

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter is short/ low- profile, full duplex, four-ported Gigabit Ethernet adapter that can be configured to run any of the ports at 1000,100 or 10 Mbps data rate. This adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distance of up to 100m. Each port is independent of one another and is boot capable under AIX Network install manager (NIM). The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The #5717 supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express adapter (#5717) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters considering performance, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Four-ported Gigabit Ethernet
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5717)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5732) 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 19, 2013)

The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter is a low profile high performance adapter that transfers data over 4-lanes in each direction over copper cabling supporting a distance up to 15m.The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-CX4 specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights:

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)

Full iSCSI software and hardware initiator support. (Linux Only)

  • Hardware PDU Offload (Linux Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking ( Linux Only)

Attributes provided:

  • PCIe-V1.1 x8
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-CX short-reach copper
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and Open Fabrics Enterprise Distribution(OFED) 1.4 (Linux Only)
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 Ethernet
  • Attributes required: PCIe Express Slot, Copper CX4 Cables, 4x wrap plug
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5732)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of 3 in CEC under AIX, or Linux. System maximum of 3 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5735) 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter

The 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12002 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch (AIX, IBM i, Linux,VIOS). If in an IBM i environment, devices can also be directly attached.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • M2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables. The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

    Cable   |  2.125 Gbps  |  4.25 Gbps  |  8.5 Gbps  |
    --------|--------------|-------------|------------|
    OM3     |.5m - 500m    |.5m - 380m   |.5m - 150m  |
    OM2     |.5m - 300m    |.5m - 150m   |.5m - 50m   |
    OM1     |.5m - 150m    |.5m - 70m    |.5m - 21m   |

#5735 feature indicates a full high adapter. #5273 feature indicates a low profile adapter which is electronically identical. CCIN is 577D. Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: Dual Port Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5735)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5748) POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator

The POWER GXT145 is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. The adapter requires a PCI Express slot. If attaching a device that requires a 15 pin D-Shell receptacle for a VGA connection (eg. when the graphic adapter output is routed directly to a 7316-TF3 display or indirectly through a KVM switch), order a VGA to DVI Connection Converter, feature number 4276 to accommodate the attaching device.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit indexed, 8-bit true color, or 24-bit true color
    • 32 MB SDRAM
    • x1 PCI Express interface
    • 2 DVI-I (analog/digital video) connectors

  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 1 monitor connected analog at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 monitor connected digital at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 2nd monitor supported on secondary connecter at up to 1600 x 1200 analog or 1280 x 1024 digital
    • 2nd monitor support in AIX is only in clone mode with an analog connection

  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif

  • Software Requirements
    • The total number of Graphics Adapters in any one partition may not exceed four.

  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics Adapter

  • Attributes required: 1 PCI Express Slot

  • For 8236-E8C: (#5748)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5759) 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5759)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

  • Maximum of 2 allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.
  • System maximum of 2 under AIX or Linux.
  • Not supported under IBM i.

    Carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

(#5762) SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

(No Longer Available as of June 28, 2013)

The IBM SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a 12.7mm high Slimline form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

  • Low Profile 12.7mm
  • SATA Interface
  • Industry standard Slimline SATA connectors
  • Supports 8cm and 12cm disk
  • Tray Loading
  • CD/DVD-ROM/RAM Read 24X/8X/5X
  • DVD-RAM Write 5X
  • Buffer Size 2MB
  • 1 Laser Diode 2 wavelenghts for CD/DVD
  • Power +5V/1.8A

Limitations

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1 or later.
  • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
  • Attributes required: One SATA 12.7mm high media bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5762)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 1 under AIX and Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5767) 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCIe Adapter (#5767) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5767)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5768) 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 50/62.5 micron shortwave (850 nm) multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter (#5768) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5768)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 allowed under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5769) 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter

The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter is a full-high, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)
  • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux Only)
    • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux Only)
    • PDU recovery (Linux Only)

Attributes

  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux Only)
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short -reach optics adapter
  • Attributes required: PCI Express slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5769)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5771) - SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

This DVD drive reads and writes 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs. It also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

  • Supports 8cm and 12cm disk
  • CD/DVD-ROM/RAM Read 24X/8X/5X
  • DVD-RAM Write 5X
  • Buffer Size 2MB and can not be disabled

Limitations: DVD video is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
  • Attributes required: One SATA/SAS slimline (12.7mm) high media bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5771)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX V7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level or later
      • AIX V6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level or later
      • AIX V7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology Level and Service pack 6 or later (planned availability 12/19/2012)
      • AIX V7.1 with the 7100-00 Technology Level and Service pack 8 or later (planned availability 12/19/2012)
      • AIX V6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level and Service pack 6 or later (planned availability 12/19/2012)
      • AIX V6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and Service pack 10 or later (planned availability 12/19/2012)
      • IBM i 6.1.1 or later
      • IBM i 7.1 or later
      • SUSE Linux 10 SP4
      • SUSE Linux 11 SP1 or later
      • Red Hat Linux 5.7
      • Red Hat Linux 6.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Supports VIOS attachment version 2.2.2.0 or later or 2.2.1.5 or later (planned availability 12/19/2012)

(#5772) 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter

The 10GbE Fiber Optic Server Adapter, is 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) Fiber NIC for PCI Express (PCIe) capable systems. The adapter is a high- performance, highly integrated 10 Gigabit Ethernet LAN adapters with PCIe host interface and fiber LAN connectors on the optical modules.

Feature 5772 conforms to the 802.3ae 10GBASE-LR specification for Ethernet transmissions over 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable for distances up to 10 kilometers.

Highlights

  • 10GBASE-LR fiber optic LAN connections
  • Eight (8) lane PCIe Host Connector
  • PCIe Low-Profile add-in card dimensions (68.9mm x 167.65mm)
  • Uses Intel 82598EB MAC
  • PCI Express bus interface v1.1 and v.2.0 (Gen 1 only)
  • PCIe Hot Plug/Active PCI
  • Controller EEPROM and FLASH ROM
  • Status LED (Link/Activity)
  • Low power PCIe Gen 1 MAC
  • *Support either MSI or MSI-X depending on system/OS support for multi-CPU and multi-core systems.
  • Dynamic interrupt moderation for lower latency
  • Supports 10Gb, full duplex
  • Supports EtherChannel with the existing software
  • Supports IEEE 802.3ad (link aggregation control protocol)
  • IEEE 802.1Q VLANs
  • IEEE 802.3x
  • IEEE 802.1p
  • Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Checksum Offloading
  • Internet Protocol ver 4 (IPv4) Checksum Offloading
  • Transmit Checksum Offloading with TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO)/ Large Send Offload

Note: * Supported by SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP3 for POWER Systems, or later and Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.4, or later.

  • Attributes provided: One 10 Gigabit Ethernet port
  • Attributes required: One x8 lane or x16 PCI Express slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5772)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5774) 4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit PCIe Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5774)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5785) 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

Connection for 4 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. One connector on the rear of the adapter provides attachment for a fan-out cable (provided) which provides four EIA-232 ports. Note #5785 and # 5277 are physically and electrically identical adapters, except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-height or low-profile). Note also the 4-port #5289/5290 is functionally nearly identical to the 2-port #5289/5290 except for the number and type of connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 4-Port DB9 DTE Fan-Out Cable 1.2 M (4 ft.), 4 x 9-pin D-Sub (Male DB-9) and 1 x 68-pin D-Sub (HD-68)
  • Attributes required: 1 full high PCIe Slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5785)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5805) - PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter

The #5805 PCIe 380 MB Cache Dual - x4 3 Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a short, full high form factor adapter that supports the attachment of SAS disk and SAS solid state drives (SSD) using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. Write cache can provide an I/O performance boost even if RAID 5/6/10 is not used. From a high-level perspective, except for having a larger write cache, it is very similar to the feature 5902 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices. Two of feature 5805 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. Feature 5805 is installed in pairs, allowing for redundancy of the write cache. If the feature 5805 pairing is broken, then write cache is disabled. The #5805 can also be paired with a #5903 adapter. Feature 5805 supports SAS disk drives (HDD) and SAS-bay-based SSD located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or drives located in an EXP12S Disk Drawer or EXP24 Disk Drawer. AIX/Linux formatted SAS drives can be attached, and RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10 are supported. Similarly, IBM i RAID formatted HDD and SSD can also also be attached, and RAID 5 and RAID 6 is support. AIX, IBM i and Linux also support The #5805 is electronically identical to the #5903 and both the 5903 and 5805 use CCIN number is 574E. The #5805 adapter is slightly more narrow than the #5903 due to the placement of its cache batteries.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD.. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. The pairing of #5805 provides a high availability I/O configuration to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. SAS X cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP12S and/or EXP24S Disk Drawer. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. The high availability I/O configuration connection is provided via the internal wiring within the PCIe 12X I/O drawer itself.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or two #5887 EXP24S Disk Drawer
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP) 380 MB of non-volatile fast write cache can increase disk subsystem performance
  • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors.
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per #5805. Configuration always requires even pairs of #5805 (or #5903/5805). SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S at least one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5805)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 for the POWER 750 Express Server, or later, with current maintenance updates available from Novell to enable all planned functionality
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 for the Power 750 Express Server, with current maintenance updates available from Novell to enable all planned functionality
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Assignment to the VIOS requires VIOS 2.1.1.0 or later

(#5886) EXP 12S Expansion Drawer

(No Longer Available as of January 6, 2012)

The EXP 12S is an expansion drawer with twelve 3.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5886 supports up to 12 hot-swap SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD) or up to 8 hot-swap Solid State Drives (SSD). The EXP 12S includes redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. Though the drawer is one set of 12 drives which is run by one SAS controller or one pair of SAS controllers, it has two SAS attachment ports and two Service Managers for redundancy. The EXP 12S takes up a 2 EIA space in a 19-inch rack. The SAS controller can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters or can be an imbedded SAS controller in a server with an imbedded SAS port such as the 8203 or 8204. Attachment to the controller is via the appropriate external SAS cables. A pair of #5886 EXP12S drawers can be attached together with SAS cables allowing the SAS controller(s) to access 24 SAS bays.

  • Attributes provided: 12 SAS bays, slot filler panels are provided for empty bays when initially shipped from IBM.
  • Attributes required:
    • Available SAS controller (PCI or imbedded server controller)
    • Power System server, POWER5 or later
    • Available 2U 19-inch rack space
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5886)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 13 (Initial order maximum: 13)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

  • CEC and system maximum of 13 under AIX and Linux;.
  • Not supported under IBM i.

(#5887) - EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer

The EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer is an expansion drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5887 supports up to 24 hot-swap SFF SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD). It uses only 2 EIA of space in a 19-inch rack. The EXP24S includes redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. The EXP24S SFF bays use Gen-2 or SFF-2 SAS bays that are not compatible with CEC SFF Gen-1 SAS bays or with #5802/ 5803 SFF SAS bays.

With AIX/Linux/VIOS, the EXP24S can be ordered with four sets of 6 bays, two sets of 12 bays or one set of 24 bays (mode 4, 2 or 1). With IBM i the EXP24S can be ordered as one set of 24 bays (mode 1).

In mode 1 (one set of 24 bays) two EXP24S SAS connectors are used. In mode 2 ( two sets of 12 bays) four EXP24S SAS connectors are used. In mode 4 (four sets of 6 bays) four EXP24S SAS connectors are used.

The EXP24S SAS ports are attached to SAS controller(s) which can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters. The EXP24S can also be attached to an imbedded SAS controller in a server with an imbedded SAS port. Attachment between the SAS controller and the EXP24S SAS ports is via the appropriate SAS Y or X cables.

  • Attributes provided: 24 SFF SAS bays, slot filler panels are provided for empty bays when initially shipped from IBM. #5887 rails have some adjustability for depth - 25.25 to 29.875 inches.
  • Attributes required:
    • Available SAS controller (PCI or imbedded server controller)
    • Power System server, POWER6 or later
    • Available 2U 19-inch rack space
    • Appropriate SAS cables for configuration mode selected
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5887)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, or later (planned availability: June 3, 2011)
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 10, or later (planned availability: June 3, 2011)
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later (planned availability: June 30, 2011)
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later (planned availability: June 30, 2011)
      • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1, or later
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 4, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later

      Refer to the required driver update for SLES11 SP1 under the following URL

      http://drivers.suse.com/driver-process/pub/update/IBM/
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0 or later

(#5899) - PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter

This short PCIe Gen2 adapter provides four 1Gb Ethernet ports that can be configured to run at 1000, 100 or 10 Mbps. 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cables up to 100 meters in length are attached to the copper RJ45 connectors. Each port is independent of one another and supports full-duplex or half-duplex. 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

Feature #5260 and #5899 are electronically identical and have the same CCIN of 576F. #5260 indicates a low profile tail stock while #5899 indicates a full high tail stock.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four-port 1 Gb Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 Full High Profile PCIe slot (Gen1 or Gen2)
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5899)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level and Service pack 4 or later
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 6 or later (planned availability 6/29/2012)
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 4 or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and service Pack 8 or later (planned availability 6/29/2012)
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 6 or later (planned availability 6/29/2012)

        Note: AIX 5.3 service extension is required

      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.8 for POWER with all available service updates, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 for POWER, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 2, or later

      Refer to the required driver update for Linux under the following URL

      http://www14.software.ibm.com/webapp/set2/sas/f/lopdiags/info/ LinuxAlerts.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.1.4 or later

(#5901) - PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter

The #5901 PCIe Dual-4x SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter which supports the attachment of SAS disk, tape, and DVD using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. From a high level perspective, it is functionally equivalent to the #5912 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices.

The #5901 supports external SAS tape drives such as the 36/72 GB DAT72, 80/160GB DAT160, and 800/1600GB LTO-4 found in the IBM tape units such as the 7214-1U2, TS2240, TS2340, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD-ROM/RAM drives. SAS adapter-to-enclosure (AE) cables are used to attach these drives. The #5901 supports SAS SFF disk drives located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or SAS disk drives located in an EXP12S or EXP24S Disk Drawer or drives in a POWER6 system CEC (split DASD backplane). AIX/Linux formatted SAS drives are supported with RAID 0 (with mirroring) and RAID 10. IBM i formatted SAS drives are supported and data spreading and mirroring functions are provided by IBM i. RAID-5 or RAID-6 are not supported on the #5901. #5901 has zero write cache. CCIN for #5901 is 57B3.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk . The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. SAS Y cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP12S or EXP24S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. With the EXP12S or EXP24S Drawer, a high availability I/O configuration can be created using a pair of #5901 adapters and SAS X cables to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. In the PCIe 12X I/O Drawer, this function is provided via the internal wiring within the drawer itself.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or two #5887 EXP24S Disk Drawer
  • Supports up to 42 disk (18 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5802 19-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or configured with a #5802 and one #5887 EXP24S
  • Supports up to 50 disk (26 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5803 24-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or configured with a #5803 and one #5887 EXP24S
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SATA speed = 1.5Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP), Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent firmware update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: One PCI Express slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5901)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5903) - PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter

(No longer available as of January 07, 2011)

The #5903 PCIe 380 MB Cache Dual - x4 3 Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a short, full high form factor adapter that supports the attachment of SAS disk and SAS solid state drives (SSD) using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. Write cache can provide an I/O performance boost even if RAID 5/6/10 is not used. From a high-level perspective, except for having a larger write cache, it is very similar to the feature 5902 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices. Two of feature 5903 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. Feature 5903 is installed in pairs, allowing for redundancy of the write cache. If the feature 5903 pairing is broken, then write cache is disabled. The #5903 can also be paired with a #5805 adapter. Feature 5903 supports SAS disk drives (HDD) and SAS-bay-based SSD located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or drives located in an EXP12S Disk Drawer or EXP24S Disk Drawer. AIX/Linux formatted SAS drives can be attached, and RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10 are supported. Similarly, IBM i RAID formatted HDD and SSD can also also be attached, and RAID 5 and RAID 6 is support. AIX, IBM i and Linux also support The #5805 is electronically identical to the #5903 and both the 5903 and 5805 use CCIN number is 574E. The #5805 adapter is slightly more narrow than the #5903 due to the placement of its cache batteries.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD.. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. The pairing of #5903 provides a high availability I/O configuration to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. SAS X cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP12S and/or EXP24S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. The high availability I/O configuration connection is provided via the internal wiring within the PCIe 12X I/O drawer itself.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or with two #5887 EXP24S Disk Drawers
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP) 380 MB of non-volatile fast write cache can increase disk subsystem performance
  • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors.
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per #5903. Configuration always requires even pairs of #5903 (or #5903/5805). SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S at least one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5903)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5923) Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID Indicator

Feature 5923 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5903. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5903 on one system and the paired #5903 located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
  • Attributes required: Every #5923 requires a SAS RAID adapter (#5903) on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5923)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5951) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5951)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5952) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5952)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5953) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5954) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5955) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5955)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5956) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5956)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5957) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194P Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5957)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5958) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5958)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5959) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5959)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5960) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5960)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5961) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese #467 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5961)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5962) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5964) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/UK #120 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5964)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5965) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5965)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5966) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5966)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5967) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5967)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5968) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss, French/German #150 /F/G Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5968)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5969) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5969)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5970) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5970)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5971) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5971)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5972) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5972)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5973) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5973)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5974) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5974)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5975) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5975)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5976) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5976)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5977) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5977)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5978) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5978)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5979) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5979)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5980) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5980)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5981) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5981)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5982) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovenian #234 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5982)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5983) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached US English EURO #103P Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#5983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6068) Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack

#6068 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0551 19 Inch 1.8m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Front Door
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6068)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6069) Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack

#6069 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Front Door
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6069)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6248) 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors

#6248 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6248 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6248)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6249) 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors

#6249 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6249 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6249)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6263) 1.8m Rack Trim Kit

This feature provides a decorative trim kit for the front of feature number 0551 (19 inch 1.8m Rack).

  • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6263)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: 1x#6263 per #0551

(#6272) 2.0m Rack Trim Kit

This feature provides a decorative trim kit for the front of feature number 0553 (19 inch 2.0m Rack).

  • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6272)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: 1X#6272 per #0553

(#6458) Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU).

  • Attributes provided: Power cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6458)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6460) Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit or wall socket outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6460 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6460)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6469) Power Cord 4.3m (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), U. S.

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6469 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6469)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6470) Power Cord 1.8m(6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6470 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6470)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6471) Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #70 (iNMETRO NBR 6147, NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6471 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6471)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6472) Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #18 (CEE 7 VII). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6472 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia/Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Conogo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibuouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Etrhiopia, Finland, France, French Polynesia, French Guyana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Kazakhstan, Krygystan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lintuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Macedonia, Mali, Martinigue, Mauritania, Mauritus, Mayotte, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, North Korea (C19 only), Norway, Poland, Portugal, Principe, Reunion, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, St. Thomas, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia, Somalia, South Korea (C19 only), Spain, Surinam, Sweden, Syria, Tahiti, Tajikistan, Togo, Tunesia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis & Futuna, Zaire, Zimbabwe.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6472)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6473) Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #19 (CEE). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B- 2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6473 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Denmark

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6473)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6474) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #23 (BS 1364A). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6474 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Grenada, Grenadines, Guyana, Hong Kong, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar, Nkigeria, Oman, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore, St. Kitts, St. Lucia, Seychelles, Sudan, Tanzania, Trinidad & Tobago, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6474)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6475) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #32 (SII 32-1971). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6475 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Israel

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6475)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6476) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #24 (SEV 24507). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6476 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Lichtenstein Switzerland

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6476)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6477) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #22 (SABS 164). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6477 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Bangladesh LeSotho Maceo Maldives Nambia Pakistan Samoa South Africa Sri Lanka Swaziland Uganda

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6477)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6478) Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #25 (CEI 23-16). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6478 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Chile Italy Libya

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6478)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6487) Power Cord 1.8M (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6487 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6487)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6488) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. 125V, 15A or 250V, 10A, Plug Type #2. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6488 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Argentina Paraguay Uruguay

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6488)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6489) 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A Power Cord

#6489 is a 14-FT/4.3m 3PH/24A power cable with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6489)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6491) 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A Pwr Cord

#6491 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/48A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6491)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6492) 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A Pwr Cord

#6492 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/48A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6492)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6493) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #62 (GB 1053). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6493 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: People's Republic of China

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6493)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6494) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #69 (IS 6538). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6494 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: India

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6494)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6496) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #66 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6496 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: North Korea South Korea

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6496)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6577) Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature permits manufacturing to select the optimum PDU cable length (1.5M, 2.7M or 4.2M) for rack integration. This feature is mandatory on initial order with 7014-T00 or T42 racks. Feature is not valid on initial order with non-factory integrated feature 4650.

  • Attributes provided: Power cable
  • Attributes required: At least one Rack and the absence of #4650.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6577)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 28 (Initial order maximum: 28)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: 1 or 2 per IO drawer or CEC

(#6580) Optional Rack Security Kit

This feature provides hardware that can be added to a rack to prevent unauthorized access. It includes keyed front and rear locks for the #0551 and #0553 rack doors. It also includes two sliding bars that mount inside the left and right rack side panels. The sliding bars are accessible when the rack rear door is open. They can be moved to a position that disables the external latches on the rack side panels, and prevents removal of the side panels.

  • Attributes provided: Locking hardware for rack doors and sidepanels
  • Attributes required: #0551 or #0553 19-Inch Rack
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6580)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6586) Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack

This feature provides hardware for installing one or two modems in a 19-inch rack. The modem tray occupies 1U of rack space when it is mounted in the front of the rack. It provides a secure location in the rack for external modems such as the ones attached to the Hardware Management Console.

  • Attributes provided: Hdw. to support two modems
  • Attributes required: 19-inch rack with 1U rack space available
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6586)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6651) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #75 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6651 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6651)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6654) 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord

#6654 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A locking power cord with a Type 12 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6655) 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord

#6655 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A water-resistant power cord with a Type 40 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6655)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6656) 4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord

#6656 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6656)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6659) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #76 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6659 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6659)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6660) Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6660)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6665) Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 3 M (10-foot) length. Use this cord with PDUs that have IEC320/C19 connectors.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6665)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6669) Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6669)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6671) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 9-foot length.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6671)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6672) - Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 6.5-foot length.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6672)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6680) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This insulated power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6680 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Australia Fiji Islands Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea W. Samoa

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6680)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6808) PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA No IOP

(No Longer Available as of April 13, 2009)

The #6808 is a four-line WAN modem adapter, with four RJ-11 ports, it supports V.92 56K Async SLIP/PPP and V.34 Fax applications at data rates up to 33.6K via integrated modems. Connection to the V.92 ports is via telephone cable. The V.92 functions offer increased upload throughput, improved V.44 data compression, and shortened modem synchronization periods.

The call waiting and modem on hold functions associated with V.92 are not supported.

Remote power on via ring-indicator and SDLC are not supported.

#6808 does not support SNA communications except through the IBM i V5R4 Enterprise Extender function.

#6808 does not have complex impedance matching (CIM).

This version of the four-line WAN modem adapter does not require an I/O processor.

#6808 does not make use of an IOP.

A minimum of one modem cable must be ordered for each #6808. All modem cables installed on a system must be the same feature number.

  • #1010 Modem Cable - Austria
  • #1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
  • #1012 Modem Cable - Africa
  • #1013 Modem Cable - Israel (supported only, not orderable)
  • #1014 Modem Cable - Italy
  • #1015 Modem Cable - France
  • #1016 Modem Cable - Germany
  • #1017 Modem Cable - UK
  • #1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
  • #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
  • #1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
  • #1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
  • #1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
  • #1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
  • #1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada
  • Attributes provided: four WAN ports
  • Attributes required: one PCI slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#6808)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • No AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 2 under LInux. Not supported under AIX or IBM i.

(#7109) Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector

This feature is for an intelligent AC power distribution unit (PDU+) that will allow the user to monitor the amount of power being used by the devices that are plugged in to this PDU+. This AC power distribution unit provides twelve C13 power outlets. It receives power through a UTG0247 connector. It can be used for many different countries and applications by varying the PDU to Wall Power Cord, which must be ordered separately. Each PDU requires one PDU to Wall Power Cord. Supported power cords include the following features: #6489, #6491, #6492, #6653, #6654, #6655, #6656, #6657, and #6658.

  • Attributes provided: Twelve C13 outlets with Power Monitoring Capability
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#7109)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: When purchased on an MES order with a feature code rack. This PDU will be mounted in the rear side pockets until all 4 side pockets on the rack have been filled. Any additional PDUs on the order will be mounted in 1 unit of EIA rack space. When purchased as an MES order for addition to a rack in the field. This PDU may not fit in the side pockets of your rack due to a hardware interference with the rack, and may require mounting in 1 unit of rack EIA space. Insure rack space is available before placing the MES order for this PDU when it is being ordered for field installation.

(#7118) Environmental Monitoring Probe

The Environmental Monitoring Probe (EMP) enables you to remotely monitor environmental conditions. Using a standard web browser, you can view the ambient temperature and humidity of the remote environment, as well as the status of two additional contact devices, such as a smoke detector or open-door sensor. The temperature/humidity probe plugs into a RJ45 connector an a PDU+. The EMP can be used with any Powerware UPS equipped with a 10/100 Mb ConnectUPS Web/SNMP Card (firmware v3.01 or higher). The EMP can be located up to 20m (65.6 feet) away.

  • Attributes provided: Monitoring of temperature, humidity, and status of two contacts/ sensors. A one meter cat5 Ethernet cable, double sided velcro tape, two tie-wraps, and screw with wall anchor for mounting.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#7118)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum support is 8x 7118 per 0553 rack and 8x 7118 per 0551 rack. Maximum of one 7118 per 7109 is supported.

(#7188) Power Distribution Unit

An AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) which mounts in a 19" rack and provides twelve C13 power outlets. The #7188 has six 16A circuit breakers, with two power outlets per circuit breaker. System units and/or expansion units must use a power cord with a C14 plug to connect to the #7188.

One of the following line cords must be used to distribute power from a wall outlet to the #7188;

  • #6489 - 14-Ft 3PH/24A Power Cord
  • #6491 - 14-Ft 1PH/63A Pwr Cord
  • #6492 - 14-Ft 1PH/48-60A Pwr Cord
  • #6653 - 14-Ft 3PH/16A Power Cord
  • #6654 - 14-Ft 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord
  • #6655 - 14-Ft 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord
  • #6656 - 14-Ft 1PH/32A Power Cord
  • #6657 - 14-Ft 1PH/24A Power Cord
  • #6658 - 14-Ft 1PH/24A Pwr Cd-Korea
  • Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit withTwelve C13 power outlets.
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#7188)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7535) Quantity 150 of #3586

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Ships a quantity 150 of #3586, 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive

  • Attributes provided: 150 #3586
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
  • For 8236-E8C: (#7535)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7549) Quantity 150 of #3647

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Ships a quantity 150 of #3647 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive.

  • Attributes provided: 150 of #3647 for every #7549
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#7549)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7550) - Quantity 150 of #1790

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1790 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature #1790
  • Attributes required: See feature #1790
  • For 8236-E8C: (#7550)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 for the POWER Server, or later,
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 for the Power Server
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7564) Quantity 150 of #3648

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Quantity of 150 of #3648.

  • Attributes provided: 150 #3648 for each #7564
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
  • For 8236-E8C: (#7564)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7565) Quantity 150 of #3649

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Quantity 150 of #3649 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

  • Attributes provided: 150 #3649
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
  • For 8236-E8C: (#7565)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7740) Power Supply, 1725 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base or Redundant

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature provides an 1725 Watt AC power supply, either as the primary power supply in the system, or the secondary power supply for redundant power. A power cord must be ordered for each power supply ordered. The two power supplies dock directly to the system board.

  • Attributes provided: 1725 Watt AC Power Supply
  • Attributes required: Available Power Supply Bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#7740)
    • Minimum required: 2
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7802) Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

This feature provides a fifteen meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: 15M Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
  • For 8236-E8C: (#7802)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7863) PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type III

(No Longer Available as of April 13, 2009)

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for double slot width PCI adapters. It also includes the necessary hardware to adapt the cassette to mount various sizes of PCI cards.

  • Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#7863)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8143) Linux Software Preinstall

(No Longer Available as of October 29, 2010)

This feature indicates that the Linux operating system is to be preinstalled on the system. #8143 is a prerequisite for preinstall #5005.

  • Attributes provided: Linux preinstall
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#8143)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • No AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 for POWER
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8144) Linux Software Preinstall (Business Partners)

(No Longer Available as of October 29, 2010)

This feature indicates that the Linux operating system is to be preinstalled on the system. #8144 is a prerequisite for preinstall #5005 or #7305. This feature is only available to IBM Business Partner - Solution Providers and IBM Business Partner - Systems Integrators.

  • Attributes provided: Linux preinstall
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#8144)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • No AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 for POWER
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8332) 8-core 3.3 GHz POWER7 Processor Card

8-core 3.3 GHz POWER7 processor card. There are 8 DDR3 DIMM slots on the processor card.

  • Attributes provided: 8-core processor card
  • Attributes required: One processor card slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#8332)
    • Minimum required: 4
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8340) Enhanced DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with External SAS Port

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature code provides a high function and high availability 8x2.5" SFF (Small Form Factor) DASD backplane with an external SAS port. The external SAS port on this feature supports a single feature 5886 drawer attachment (with cable #3674 on the 8203-E4A and cable #3668 on the 8204-E8A/8233-E8B/8236-E8C) and supports disk units within the CEC to be split into two distinct 4-disk groups (with cable #3670 on the 8203-E4A and cable #3669 on the 8204-E8A/ 8233-E8B). Supports connection for a slim SATA DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a 5.25 inch half high tape drive.

IBM i does not support split backplane option.

  • Attributes provided: SFF DASD Backplane with External SAS port
  • Attributes required: Appropriate Op Panel cable, #1878 for Rack-mount and #1856 for Deskside
  • For 8236-E8C: (#8340)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8845) USB Mouse

The optical LED USB Mouse has 2 buttons and a scroll wheel that acts as a third button. Mouse cable is 1.8 meters long. OS does not support scrolling with the wheel. Business black with red scroll wheel.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Button USB Mouse w/scroll wheel that acts as 3rd button.
  • Attributes required: USB attachment Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#8845)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9169) Order Routing Indicator- System Plant

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature will be auto-selected by the Configurator Tool when required. Use of this feature will affect the routing of the order. Selection of this indicator will direct the order to a system plant for fulfillment.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9169)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9300) Language Group Specify - US English

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9300)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9359) - specify mode-1 1(1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 24 drive bays) with one PCIe 3G SAS controller (#5901 or #5278), utilizing one appropriate YO cable connecting to the I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

  • Attributes provided: IOA configuration for Mode 1
  • Attributes required: One YO cable (#3691 1.5M, #3692 3M, #3693 6M, #3694 15M) and one port on a #5901/#5278
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9359)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9360) - Specify mode-1 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 24 drive bays) with two individual PCIe 3G SAS controller (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate YO cables connecting to the 3G I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

  • Attributes provided: IOA configurations for Mode 1 with two (#5901 #5278)
  • Attributes required: Two YO cables (#3691 1.5M, #3692 3M, #3693 6M, #3694 15M) and one port on each of two #5901/#5278s
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9360)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9361) - Specify mode-2 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two sets of 12 drive bays) with two PCIe 3G SAS controllers (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate YO cables connecting to I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

  • Attributes provided: Designated IOA configurations for Mode 2
  • Attributes required: Two YO cables (#3691 1.5M, #3692 3M, #3693 6M, #3694 15M) and one port on each of two #5901/#5278s
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9361)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9367) - Specify mode-1 1(2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 1-24 drive bays) with a pair of PCIe 3G SAS RAID controller (either pair #5903 or 5805 or combination of both) utilizing two appropriate YO cable connecting to the 3G I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. This specify only impacts IBM's initial shipment of the EXP24S. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.

  • Attributes provided: IOA configurations for Mode 1
  • Attributes required: Two YO cables (#3691 1.5M, #3692 3M, #3693 6M, #3694 15M) and one port on each of two #5903/#5805s
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9367)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9368) - Specify mode-2 1(4)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two sets of 12 drive bays) with two pair of PCIe 3G SAS RAID controller (either pair #5903 or 5805 or combination of both) utilizing two appropriate X cable connecting to the I/O Adapters (IOA). IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

  • Attributes provided: IOA configurations for Mode 2
  • Attributes required: Two dual X cables (#3661 1.5M, #3662 3M, #3663 15M) and four #5903/#5805s dedicated to the single #5887
  • OS Level Required: IBM i not-supported
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9368)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX supported
      • IBM i not supported
      • Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9384) - Specify mode-1 & CEC SAS port for EXP24 #5887

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 24 drive bays) with the internal 3G SAS port utilizing one appropriate length YI cable connecting to the 3G I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.

  • Attributes provided: Internal SAS port configuration for Mode 1
  • Attributes required: One internal CEC SAS port and One YI cable (#3686 1.5m or #3687 3m)
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9384)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9440) New AIX License Core Counter

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run AIX.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9440)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9442) New Red Hat License Core Counter

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run Red Hat Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9442)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9443) New SUSE License Core Counter

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run SUSE Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9443)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9444) Other AIX License Core Counter

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature is used to count the number of existing AIX licenses transferred from another server.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9444)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9445) Other Linux License Core Counter

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature is used to count the number of existing Linux licenses transferred from another server.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9445)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9446) 3rd Party Linux License Core Counter

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run 3rd party Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9446)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9447) VIOS Core Counter

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run VIOS (Virtual I/O Server).

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9447)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9461) Month Indicator

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9461)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9462) Day Indicator

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9462)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 31 (Initial order maximum: 31)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9463) Hour Indicator

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9463)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9464) Minute Indicator

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9464)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9465) Qty Indicator

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9465)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 999)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9466) Countable Member Indicator

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9466)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9700) Language Group Specify - Dutch

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Dutch language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9703) Language Group Specify - French

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9704) Language Group Specify - German

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

German language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9704)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9705) Language Group Specify - Polish

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9705)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9706) Language Group Specify - Norwegian

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Norwegian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9706)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9707) Language Group Specify - Portuguese

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9708) Language Group Specify - Spanish

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Spanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9708)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9711) Language Group Specify - Italian

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9711)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9712) Language Group Specify - Canadian French

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Canadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9712)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9714) Language Group Specify - Japanese

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9714)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9715) Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Traditional Chinese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9715)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9716) Language Group Specify - Korean

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9718) Language Group Specify - Turkish

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Turkish language group for nomenclature and publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9719) Language Group Specify - Hungarian

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9720) Language Group Specify - Slovakian

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Slovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9720)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9721) Language Group Specify - Russian

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9722) Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9722)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9724) Language Group Specify - Czech

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Czech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9724)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9725) Language Group Specify -- Romanian

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Romanian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9725)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9726) Language Group Specify - Croatian

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Croatian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9726)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9727) Language Group Specify -- Slovenian

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Slovenian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9727)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9728) Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Brazilian Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9728)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9729) Language Group Specify - Thai

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Thai language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#9729)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#EC01) - Rack Front Door (Black)

This feature provides a front door in flat black color with an IBM logo for the 7953-94X rack. A front door such as #EC01 is required on the 7953-94X. The door is the full width of the rack and the hinges and lockplate can be moved from side to side allowing the door to be opened on the left or on the right. IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the front of the rack. The door comes with a lock which is keyed the same as the rear door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: Front Door with lock
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EC01)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EC02) - Rack Rear Door

This feature provides a rear door in flat black color for the 7953-94X rack. Either feature number EC02 or feature EC05 is required on the 7953-94X. The door is the full width of the rack and the hinges and lockplate can be moved from side to side allowing the door to be opened on the left or on the right. IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the rear of the rack. The front doors, rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: Rear Door with lock
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EC02)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EC03) - Rack Side Cover

This feature provides two side panels in black color for the 7953-94X rack. Each side panel can cover either the left or the right side of the rack. These side covers are optional but recommended for optimal airflow through a rack and for physical security. The front door, rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: Left and Right side panels for 7953 rack.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EC03)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EC04) - Rack Suite Attachment Kit

This feature provides the attachment hardware to allow two IBM PureFlex System 42U Racks with or without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite. Order one EC04 feature for each 42U rack attached to the starting rack. For example, in a three-rack suite, order two EC04 features. When multiple racks are joined in this way without internal side panels, cables can be more easily run between racks without having to exit the continuous rack enclosure. With the side panels installed optimum thermal efficiencies are gained. If the optional rear door heat exchanger is chosen, side panels must remain on racks in the suite. Side panels should be used on the leftmost and rightmost racks of the suite.

  • Attributes provided: Hardware and trim to attach two racks
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EC04)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EC15) - Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Meter Slim Rack

This feature indicates that the rear door heat exchanger (1164-95X) is ordered for the 7953-94Y rack. Either feature EC02 or feature EC05 is required on the 7953-94Y.

  • Attributes provided: RDHX
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EC15)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#ECSM) -Custom Service Specify, Mexico

Having #ECSM on the order, will cause the order to be routed to Mexico and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area.

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ECSM)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EH10) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for AIX/Linux

This special feature code is used when "converting" a four-pack of 387GB SSD which are mounted on a SFF-1 carrier/trays to four features all mounted on SFF-2 carrier/trays. SFF-2 carrier/trays can be placed in an EXP24S I/O Drawer. A special feature code was created because a) the originally announced 387GB SFF-2 feature code is either withdrawn from marketing or b) the server on which it was initially ordered is withdrawn from marketing and the four-pack is an "initial only" orderable feature. IBM ordering/configuring systems don't support converting to a withdrawn features or initial only features. It was decided to use the same approach for all 4-pack features for consistency even if all feature codes for your specific model are still available. This is ordered using one "remove" and four "adds" in the IBM ordering system and does not use the more common one-to-one feature conversion. IBM ships one SFF-2 carrier/tray with each #EH10 feature ordered. SFF-2 #EH10 is equivalent to one SFF-2 #ES0C. Use when converting fom SFF-1 four pack #ESRC.

  • Attributes provided: SFF-2 tray/carrier resulting in feature code representing SFF-2 387GB SSD
  • Attributes required: Four-pack of 387GB SSD mounted on a SFF-1 carrier/trays
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EH10)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EH14) - GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0C 387GB SSD

This feature delivers one GEN2-S carrier as a MES upgrade. The carrier #EH14 accommodates one #ES0A 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux so it can be installed as a conversion in a GEN2 bay such as #5887 EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer. It is now functionally equivalent to #ES0C.

  • Attributes provided: One GEN2 Carrier
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EH14)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EJ27) - PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001

Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security- sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe 4x full height - short card.

#EJ27, #EJ28 and #EJ29 are all feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4765, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #EJ27 indicates no blind swap cassette. #EJ28 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette. #EJ29 indicates a Gen 4 blind swap cassette.

#EJ27, EJ28 and EJ29 are identical to #4807, #4808 and #4809 adapters which were manufactured after 2012, but different from #4807, #4808 and #4809 adapters manufactured prior to 2012.

Other IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

  • Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higher reliability
  • Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture or PKCS#11 standand
  • Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
  • Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard and Visa
  • Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
  • PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
  • Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

Refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software update

  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic Coprocessor and Accelerator Functions
  • Attributes required: One full-high PCIe slot which does not use a blind swap cassette
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EJ27)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX 7.1, or later
      • IBM 7.1, or later
      • Linux - not supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK51) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK51)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK52) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK52)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK53) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK53)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK54) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK54)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK55) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK55)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK56) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK56)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK57) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194P business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK57)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK58) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK58)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK59) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK59)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK60) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK60)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK61) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese #467 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK61)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK62) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK62)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK64) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/UK #120 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK64)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK65) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK65)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK66) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK66)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK67) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK67)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK68) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss, French/German #150 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK68)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK69) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK69)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK70) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143

This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK70)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK71) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK71)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK72) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK72)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK73) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK73)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK74) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK74)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK75) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK75)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK76) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243

This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK76)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK77) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK77)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK78) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK78)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK79) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK79)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK80) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK80)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK81) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK81)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK82) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234

This feature provides a USB attached Slovenian #234 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK82)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EK83) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P

This feature provides a USB attached US English EURO #103P business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EK83)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#ELC0) - PDU Access Cord 0.38m

This 0.38 meter (14 inch) cord is used with a vertically mounted PDU (Power Distribution Unit) such as a #7188 or #7109 when the PDU is located in a 7953-94Y or #ER05 Slim Rack. One end of this power cord connects to the PDU. The other end of this cord connects to the power cord running to the wall outlet or electrical power source.

One PDU Access Cord is required per vertically mounted PDU. Without a PDU Access Cord, inserting and removing the wall outlet power cord into the PDU can be very difficult in the narrow side pockets of the Slim Rack. A PDU Access Cord is not required for PDUs in wider racks such as the 7014-T42 or #0553.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ELC0)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EM08) - 8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM

Provides 8GB of system memory with two 4GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 8GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM slots
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EM08)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EM16) - 16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM

Provides 16GB of system memory with two 8GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: Provides 16GB of system memory with two 8GB DIMMs
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM slots
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EM16)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EM32) - 32GB (2x16GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2014)

Provides 32GB of system memory with two 16GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 32GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM slots
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EM32)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • No IBM i support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for AIX support
      • Refer to Software Requirements for Linux support
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EN27) - 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

Adapter provides connection for 2 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. Two RJ45 connections are located on the rear of the adapter. To attach to devices using a 9-pin (DB9) connection, use an RJ45-to-DB9 converter. For convenience, one converter is included with this feature. One converter for each connector needing a DB9 connector is needed.

The converter cable shipped with the feature is a 10-pin RJ-45 approximately 30 cm or 1 foot in length. 10-pin is often used for DCE devices like modems. DTE devices may be able to use fewer pin connections. Multiple RJ-45 pin out options are used and sold across the industry. The #3930 feature provides an 8-pin RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable. If an addition 10-pin RJ45-to-DB9 connector like the cable provided with the adapter is desired, it is commonly available from multiple sources and identified as a serial cable with a Digi part number 76000239. It is also possible to look up the cable's pin out specifications and build your own cables.

Note #EN27 and # EN28 are physically and electrically identical adapters, except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile).

  • Attributes provided: 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 2x RJ45 connectors, one RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable..
  • Attributes required: 1 full high PCIe Slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EN27)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 5
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 for POWER, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP4 for POWER Systems, or later
      • Additional driver is required to be installed for the above Linux levels. For detail problem description and instructions, visit
      • http://www14.software.ibm.com/webapp/set2/sas/f/lopdiags/info/ LinuxAlerts.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EPA1) - 8-core 3.6 GHz POWER7 Processor Card

8-core 3.6 GHz POWER7 processor card. There are 8 DDR3 DIMM slots on the processor card.

  • Attributes provided: 8-core processor card
  • Attributes required: One processor card slot
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EPA1)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level with Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level with Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level with Service Pack 8, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level with Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level with Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level with Service Pack 7, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 for the POWER 750 Express Server, or later, with current maintenance updates available from Novell to enable all planned functionality
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 for the Power 750 Express Server, with current maintenance updates available from Novell to enable all planned functionality

        Note: Minimum system firmware required is 7.3.

    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EPF1) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPA1

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with a qualifying IBM Edition.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #EPA1
  • Attributes required: Qualifying IBM Edition
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EPF1)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level with Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level with Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level with Service Pack 8, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level with Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level with Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level with Service Pack 7, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 for the POWER 750 Express Server, or later, with current maintenance updates available from Novell to enable all planned functionality
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 for the Power 750 Express Server, with current maintenance updates available from Novell to enable all planned functionality
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EQ52) - Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1752 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1752
  • Attributes required: see feature #1752
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EQ52)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#ER05) - 42U Slim Rack

Provides a 19-inch, 2.0 meter high rack with 42 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. The 600mm wide rack fits within a data center's 24" floor tiles and provides better thermal and cable management capabilities. The following features are required on the #ER05:

  • #EC01 front door
  • #EC02 rear door or #EC05 Rear Door Heat Exchanger (RDHX) indicator
PDUs on the rack are optional. Each #7196 and #7189 PDU consumes one of six vertical mounting bays. Each PDU beyond four will consume 1U of rack space.
  • Attributes provided: 19", 42U of vertical space
  • Attributes required: #EC01 front door, #EC02 rear door or #EC05 RDHX indicator
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ER05)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#ES0A) - 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF SAS bays. CCIN is 58B8.

ES0A and ES0B are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES0A indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES0B indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 387GB SFF-1 SSD formatted with 528 byte formatting
  • Attributes required: One SFF-1 SAS bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ES0A)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level or later
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 4 or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, and Service Pack 6, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level, and Service Pack 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later

        Note: AIX 5.3 service extension is required

      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.8 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 for POWER, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 10, Service Pack 4, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#ES0C) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays in the #5887 I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B9.

ES0C and ES0D are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES0C indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES0D indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF SAS bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 387GB SFF-2 SSD formatted with 528 byte formatting
  • Attributes required: One SFF-2 SAS bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ES0C)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level or later
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 4 or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, and Service Pack 6, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level, and Service Pack 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later, AIX 5.3 service extension is required
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.8 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 for POWER, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 10, Service Pack 4, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#ES0E) - 775GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 775 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF-1 SAS bays. CCIN is 59C0.

ES0E and ES0F are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES0A indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES0B indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitation: cannnot be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 775GB SFF-1 SSD formatted with 528 byte sectors
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ES0E)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Linux supported
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#ES0G) - 775GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays in the #5887 I/O drawer. CCIN is TBD.

ES0G and ES0H are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES0G indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES0H indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitation: cannnot be used in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF-1 SAS bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 775GB SFF-2 SSD formatted with 528 byte sectors
  • Attributes required: One SFF-2 SAS bay in EXP24S drawer
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ES0G)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#ES10) - 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803/#EL36 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF-1 SAS bays. CCIN is 58B8.

#ES10 and #ES11 are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. #ES10 indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. #ES11 indicates usage by IBM i.

#ES10/ES11 and the earlier ES0A/ES0B are all 387GB SSD and can be mixed in the same array.

Limitation: cannnot be used in #5887/#EL1S EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 387GB SFF-1 SSD formatted with 528 byte sectors
  • Attributes required: One SFF-1 SAS bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ES10)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#ES19) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B9.

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803/#EL36 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF-1 SAS bays. CCIN is 58B8.

#ES19 and #ES1A are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. #ES19 indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. #ES1A indicates usage by IBM i.

#ES19/ES1A and the earlier ES0C/ES0D are all 387GB SSD and can be mixed in the same array.

Limitation: cannnot be used in #5802/5803/EL36 I/O drawers or in a system unit SFF-1 SAS bay due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 387GB SFF-2 SSD formatted with 528 byte sectors
  • Attributes required: One SFF-2 SAS bay in EXP24S drawer
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ES19)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • Linux supported
      • IBM i - not supported Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#ESC0) - S&H - No Charge

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

No charge shipping and handling.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Sales Preapproval Required
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ESC0)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: Does not apply
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#ESC7) - S&H

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Shipping and handling.

  • For 8236-E8C: (#ESC7)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#ESD1) - 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

1.20TB SFF 10K RPM SAS disk drive in Gen1 carrier. Supported in SFF-1 SAS bays such as provided in most POWER7 system units or the #5802/5803 I/O drawers. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

The drive can be reformated to 528 byte sectors and used by AIX/ IBM i/Linux/VIOS.

Limitation: cannnot be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 1.20TB 10K RPM 2.5-inch SAS disk drive mounted on Gen-1 carrier (SFF-1)
  • Attributes required: one SFF-1 SAS bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ESD1)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.8 for Power, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 for Power, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10, Service Pack 4, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11, Service Pack 2, or later
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#ESD3) - 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

1.20TB SFF 10K RPM SAS disk drive in Gen2 carrier. Supported in SFF-2 SAS bay such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 59CD.

The drive can be reformatted to 528 byte sectors and used by AIX/ IBM i/Linux/VIOS.

Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer

  • Attributes provided: 1.20TB 10K RPM 2.5-inch SAS disk drive mounted on Gen-2 carrier (SFF-2)
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 SAS bay in EXP24S drawer
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ESD3)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.8 for Power, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 for Power, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10, Service Pack 4, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11, Service Pack 2, or later
      • IBM i - not supported, use VIOS
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#ESRA) - Four ES0A 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Quantity 4 of feature ES0A.

  • Attributes provided: Four 387GB SFF-1 SSD formatted with 528 byte formatting
  • Attributes required: Four SFF-1 SAS bays
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ESRA)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level or later
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 4 or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, and Service Pack 6, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level, and Service Pack 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later note : AIX 5.3 service extension is required
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.8 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 for POWER, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10, Service Pack 4, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.1.0 or later

(#ESRC) - Four ES0C 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

Quantity 4 of feature ES0C

  • Attributes provided: Four 387GB SFF-2 SSD formatted with 528 byte formatting
  • Attributes required: Four SFF-2 SAS bays
  • For 8236-E8C: (#ESRC)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level or later
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 4 or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, and Service Pack 6, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level, and Service Pack 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later note : AIX 5.3 service extension is required
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.8 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 for POWER, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • VIOS 2.2.1.0 or later

(#EU01) - 1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge

1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (#EU01) provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in USB Internal and External Docking Station for Removable RDX Disk Drive. (#1103, #1104 or 1123) docking station. 1TB is uncompressed. Compression/decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature EU01 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 1TB RDX rugged disk cartridge
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EU01)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: See RDX Docking Station
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EU03) RDX USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge

USB Internal Docking Station accommodates RDX removable disk cartridge of any capacity. The disk are in a protective rugged cartridge enclosure that plug into the docking station. The docking station holds one removable rugged disk drive/cartridge at a time. The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station provides saves, restores and backs up similar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72, DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes. The drive is controlled by an internal USB port in the system unit. CCIN: 632C-0D4

#EU03 is a follow on product to the #1103 RDX docking station. #EU03 has identical function and performance to the external #EU04 RDX docking station.

#EU03 is controlled by an internal USB port in the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: USB RDX Internal Docking Station
  • Attributes required: Available HH bay and at least one Removable Disk Drive Cartridge such as the #EU01, #1107 or #EU08.
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EU03)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX V7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level or later
      • AIX V6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level or later
      • AIX V7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology Level and Service pack 6 or later (planned availability 12/19/2012)
      • AIX V7.1 with the 7100-00 Technology Level and Service pack 8 or later (planned availability 12/19/2012)
      • AIX V6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level and Service pack 6 or later (planned availability 12/19/2012)
      • AIX V6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and Service pack 10 or later (planned availability 12/19/2012)
      • IBM i 7.1 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 4, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER V6.3 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER V5.8 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EU04) RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

USB Eternal Docking Station accommodates RDX removable disk cartridge of any capacity. The disk are in a protective rugged cartridge enclosure that plug into the docking station. The docking station holds one removable rugged disk drive/cartridge at a time. The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station backs up similar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72, DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes. CCIN: 632C-0D4

#EU04 is a follow on product to the #1104 RDX docking station. #EU04 has identical function and performance to the internal #EU03 RDX docking station.

  • Attributes provided: USB RDX External Docking Station, 3M USB cable, 1M power cord with universal adapter 100-240 VAC, 50-60Hz input providing 15W DC to the docking station.
  • Attributes required: One USB port and at least one #EU01, #1107 or #EU08 Removable Disk Drive Cartridge such as #EU01, #1107 or #EU08
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EU04)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 5 (Initial order maximum: 5)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX V7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX V7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology Level with Service Pack 8, or later (planned availability: December 19, 2012)
      • AIX V7.1 with the 7100-00 Technology Level with Service Pack 6, or later (planned availability: December 19, 2012)
      • AIX V6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX V6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level, with Service Pack 8, or later (planned availability: December 19, 2012)
      • AIX V6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 10, or later (planned availability: December 19, 2012)
      • IBM i 7.1 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 4, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2, or later ;li.Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER V6.3 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER V5.8 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EU08) - RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive

Provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in an RDX docking station such as #1123, #1103 or #1104. Capacity is 320 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be GB.640 GB Compression/ decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature EU08 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 320 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
  • Attributes required: One docking station such as #1123 or #1103 or #1104
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EU08)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: See RDX Docking Station
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EU15) - 1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge

The 1.5 TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in an RDX Internal and External Docking Station such as (#1103, #1104 or #1123, #EU03, #EU04, #EU23, or #EU07. 1.5TB is uncompressed. Compression/ decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature EU015 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 1.5TB RDX rugged disk cartridge
  • Attributes required: RDX docking station
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EU15)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: See RDX Docking Station
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EU16) - 80/160GB DAT160 USB Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of February 14, 2014)

The Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high for save/ restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen6 tape drive uses the larger IBM DAT160 and 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 160 GB (assuming 2:1 compression ratio).

This drive attaches internally to the USB port of the console of the server (no visible external cable). The USB port on the console is not available for other connections when #EU16 is installed. This USB connection differs from SAS #5619 DAT160 Tape Drive which attaches to the integrated SAS adapter in the server. Thus the USB DAT160 helps avoid tape/disk bandwidth contention possible with a SAS DAT160 drive.

Characteristics

  • Capacity: 80 GB native mode, 160 GB (typical) compression mode
  • DDS Gen6
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: IBM DAT160 and 4mm media
  • Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 6MBps native mode,
  • Interface: USB
  • Compatibility: DDS4 (R/W), DAT72 (R/W) and DAT160 (R/W)
  • Attributes provided: 4mm tape capability, Test Cartridge, and a Cleaning Cartridge
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EU16)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level and Service pack 4 or later
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 6 or later (planned availability 6/29/2012)
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 4 or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and service Pack 8 or later (planned availability 6/29/2012)
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 6 or later (planned availability 6/29/2012)

        Note: AIX 5.3

      • service extension is required
      • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code, or later supported through VIOS 2.2.1.4
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.8 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 for POWER, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 10, Service Pack 4, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.1.4 or later

(#EU2T) - 2TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (RDX)

The 2.0TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in an RDX Internal and External Docking Station such as (#1103, #1104 or #1123, #EU03, #EU04, #EU23, or #EU07. 2.0TB is uncompressed. Compression/ decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature EU2T is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 2.0TB RDX rugged disk cartridge
  • Attributes required: RDX docking station
  • For 8236-E8C: (#EU2T)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: See docking station for OS requirements
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

Back to topBack to top
 
Accessories

None.

Customer replacement parts

None.
Back to topBack to top
 

Machine elements

Not available.
Back to topBack to top
 

Supplies

None.

Supplemental media

None.

Trademarks

(R), (TM), * Trademark or registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

** Company, product, or service name may be a trademark or service mark of others.

Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
 © IBM Corporation 2014.
Back to topBack to top

Close [x]

Close [x]